Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPhi Sigma Sigma - Bathroom RenovationCO* LL ERSITY FACILITIES CONTRACTS 121 P 1' YS SERVICE BUILDING ITHACA, NEW YO • 14853-3701 PHI SIG SIG BATHROOM RENOVATIONS ADDENDUM NO. 1 January 30, 2017 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. Item 1. Instruction to Bidders, INS -4, Item 12.a. DELETE "A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00 , February 1, 2017, in Room 102C of the Humphreys Service Building...." REPLACE with "A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 2:OOPM, February 2, 2017, in Room 102C of the Humphreys Service Building...." ****END OF ADDENDUM**** CORNELL UNIVERSITY PHI SIGMA SIGMA FACILITIES CONTRACTS BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701 ADDENDUM NO. 2 February 9, 2017 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. Technical Specifications Item 1. Section 22 07 15 – Piping Insulation, Item 3.03 Domestic Hot Water, Insulation Thickness to read: 1”. Drawings Item 2. Drawing A100, Detail 4, Note D1 ADD Remove wall base and chair rail at opening, reinstall up to edge of door frame. If crown molding requires removal for lintel installation, reinstall upon lintel installation. Provide paint touch up of modified wood elements. Item 3. Drawing A100, Detail 8, Note R3 ADD Patch, repair, touch up paint existing plaster wall finish at door jambs, head and lintel area, corridor side. Patch, repair existing plaster wall finish bathroom side and paint per notes and room finish schedule. Item 4. Drawing A100, Detail 8, Note R6 ADD Provide wall base to match existing at west side (bedroom suite hallway side) of wall. Item 5. Drawing A100, Detail 8, Note R7 DELETE in its entirety. REPLACE with Paint existing wall and wall infill, Primer, 2 finish coats. Phis Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Addendum No. 2 February 9, 2017 Page 2 Item 6. FOR REFERENCE ONLY Existing Building Drawings S2 and S3 pertaining to the existing pre-cast planks are being provided for reference only, attached. Item 7. RFI Questions and Clarifications See attached RFI Log (Items 1 - 2) Attachments: Drawing S2 Drawing S3 RFI Log (Items (1-2) ****END OF ADDENDUM**** Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Date: February 9, 2017 RFI Form RFI/Page/ Response Dwg./Spec./Rep.Section/Design Team Index Number Paragraph/Topic RFI Response 1 22 07 15 Pipe Insulation Schedule - Paragraph 3.03 What is the correct insulation thickness for the Domestic Hot Water? See Addendum No. 2, Item 1. All domestic hot water piping shall be insulated with 1" Type A insulation. 2 General General Is X-Ray required prior to drilling the existing Pre-Cast Planks. No, see reference drawings in Addendum No. 2, Item 6. Architect/Engineer: a New York General Partnership 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901-1956, USA tel: 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 GO%NELL UNIVERSITY 14 SOUTH AVENUE ITHA .A, NY 14855 BCK-IBI Project No.: 101821 Client Project No.: 10215-301 LOCATION MAF 17RAINING LIST .'_! chitectural A000 AOO1 A100 ADA COMPLIANCE STANDARDS / CODE INFORMATION SCHEDULES, LEGENDS BATHROOM PLAN DETAILS BATHROOM RENOVATIONS KEY PLAN AREA OF WORK z L N w 0 0) Cj a) U tel: 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 SHADED AREA DENOTES CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 12" * - REQUIRED WHEN BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH ARE PROVIDED. SHOWS DIRECTION OF APPROACH. 307.2 - PROTRUSION LIMITS CODE INFORMATION CODE INFORMATION: OCCUPANTS - 38 (LEVEL 1 - 8, LEVEL. 2 - 15, LEVEL 3 - 15 TOILET FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: REQUIRED - WATER CLOSETS - 1/10 OCCUPANTS LAVATORIES - 1/10 OCCUPANTS SHOWERS - 1/8 OCCUPANTS PROVIDED - WATER CLOSETS LAVATORIES SHOWERS ACCESSIBILITY: EXISTING BUILDING CODE, SECTION -105,105.2 - ALTERATIONS AFFECTING AN AREA CONTAINING A PRIMARY FUNCTION - BATHROOM CONVERSION TO ADA ACCESSIBLE BATHROOM SATISFIES PRIMARY ROUTE ACCESSIBILITY UPGRADES UP TO 20% OF THE ALTERATION COSTS,EXCEPTION 1. OBJECTS WITH LEADING EDGES MORE THAN 21 INCHES (2'-3") AND NOT MORE THAN 80 INCHES (6-8") ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL PROTRUDE 4 INCHES MAXIMUM HORIZONTALLY INTO THE CIRCULATION PATH. C.5)ADA - PROTRUSION LIMITS 1/2" = 1'-0" FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: (907) REQUIRED; EXISTING SYSTEM COMPONENTS MAINTAINED. EMERGENCY LIGHTING: (1008) NOT REQUIRED EXIT SIGNS: (1013.1) NOT REQUIRED, EXCEPTION 1 32" MIN. SHELVES OUTLET/SWITCHES/CONTROLS HIGH/LOW SIDE REACH LIMITS FRONT PROAGH, PUSH SIDE FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE MIN. OPENING CLEARANCE' DOOR CLEARANCE - ICG/ANSI A117.1-2003 60 -IN. DIAMETER SPACE 4 ADA COMPLIANT 1700R CLEARANGES AI7A - TURN INC ShAGE 1/2" = 1-0" FIRE EXTINGUISHER MAX. SIDE REACH OVER OBSTRUCTION 36" MIN. v TA -11 39" - 41" 36" MIN. 42" MIN. TA -9d 60" LONG HOSE CONTROL AREA TA -3 TA -1 2-6"MIN. 45" MIN. SEAT WALL BACK WALL CONTROL WALL TOILET - ADA LAVATORY AND ACCESSORIES - ADA SHOYVER STALL - ADA S" MINIMUM KNEE CLEARANCE 11/2" 11/2" MAX. TOE 1' - 5" MIN. CLEARANCE GRAB BAR MOUNTING HEIGHT ADA FIXTURE 4 ACCESSORY HEIGHTS - ICC/ANSI A11 -7.1-2O0 1 TOILET AGGESSOR I ES SCH EDU LE &ENE&ENERAL i C� SAL NOT��./ ITEM # ITEM DESCRIPTION FURNISHED BY OWNER TA -2 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER TA -3 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER A. ITEMS LISTED ARE FOR STANDARDS PURPOSES ONLY. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR TYPES, LOCATIONS, AND QUANTITY. B. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CONTROL AREA OF THE UNIT (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). G. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF 2x WOOD BLOCKING/166A. (54 mil) METAL STUDS TO PROVIDE A SOLID AND STABLE INSTALLATION FOR ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES. STUD CONSTRUCTION LIMITED TO SINK/ SHOWER WALLS AT THE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE BATHROOM. D. COORDINATE ALL INSTALLATIONS WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL OTHER ASSOCIATED CONTRACTORS. E. COORDINATE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATIONS WITH ALL ASSOCIATED CONTRACTORS F. SEAL AROUND ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES. G. CAULK AROUND JOINT AT BOTTOM OF TOILET AND FLOOR. H. VERIFY WITH OWNER PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK FOR TYPE, LOCATION, AND QUANTITY FOR ALL OWNER -PROVIDED TOILET ACCESSORIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL OWNER- PROVIDED TOILET ACCESSORIES WITH ALL ASSOCIATED CONTRACTORS. I. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORGE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5.0 POUNDS MAXIMUM. (SECTION 30(1.4) J. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. K. BATHROOM ACCESSORIES, NOT NOTED, ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. OWNER TO FINALIZE DURING CONSTRUCTION EXACT QUANTITIES. ITEMS TO INCLUDE: - TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS - PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS - FEMININE NAPKIN DISPOSALS - SOAP DISPENSERS - TOWEL HOOKS ( APPROXIMATELY 2 PER SHOWER) TA -4 SOAP DISPENSER TA -1 SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL * TA -55 FULL COUNTER WIDTH MIRROR TA -9a 36" LONG STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR TA -9b 42" LONG STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BART BAR TA 9G SHOWER STALL STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR Seal: TA -9d 16" LONG VERTICAL STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR "' 0;S456 Cy TA -10 STAINLESS STEEL CLOTHES HOOKTAIN ROD * TA -11 EXTRA HEAVY DUTY SHOWER CURTAIN ROD BCK - IBI Group, a New York General Partnership 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901-1956, USA tel 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 TA -12 12" HIGH VINYL SHOWER CURTAIN $ HOOKS * TA -14 SURFACE MOUNTED WASTE CONTAINER * TA 15 FOLDING SHOWER SEAT BCK-IBI Project No.: 101821 * NOTE: ITEMS FURNISHED/ INSTALLED OWNER 1/2" = 1'-0" Copyright: Any reproduction or distribution for any purpose other than authorized by IBI Group is forbidden. Written dimensions shall have precedence over scaled dimensions. Contractors shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and conditions on the job and IBI Group shall be informed of any variations from the dimensions and conditions shown on the drawing. Shop drawings shall be submitted to IBI Group for approval before proceeding with fabrication. COPYRIGHT © 2009 IBI GROUP Revision/Submission: Number Description Date f Seal: "OD AR ,0 .1 C i. '* 'k "' 0;S456 Cy Consultant: Architect/Engineer: r-----11 B II 1K BCK - IBI Group, a New York General Partnership 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901-1956, USA tel 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 Project Name: PI -1I SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY 14 SOUTH AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 Sheet Title: ADA COMFLIANCE STANDARDS / CODE INFORMATION Drawn by: NUN Date: 01/20/2011 Designed by: DVN Scale: As Indicated Checked by: D w Do Not Scale Drawings BCK-IBI Project No.: 101821 Drawing No.: AOOO Client Project No.: 10215-301 PooR SCHEDULE MARK DOOR FRAME DETAILS HARDWARE GROUP NO. KEYED NOTES SIZE TYPE MAT FIN TYPE MAT FIN HEAD DIM HEAD JAMB DOOR WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS PANELS WIDTH 100 (1) 2' - 6" b' - 6" 1 3/4" F WD PF EX --- PT --- E - --- 1 PiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII11,11...7 BCK 200 (1) 2' - b" 6' - 6" 1 3/4" F WD PF EX --- PT --- --- --- 1 EX PL 300 (1) 2' - b" 6' - 6" 1 3/4" F WD PF EX --- PT --- --- --- 1 PT 309 (1) 3' - 0" 7 - 0" 1 3/4" F WD PF 1 MTL PT 4" 2/A001 3/A001 2 EX PL ROOM FINISH SCHEPULE NUMBER NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING KEYED NOTES 1 MAT FIN NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST MAT FIN MAT FIN MAT FIN MAT FIN MAT FIN 3090 ADA BATHROOM PC CT 1 GT 1 EX PL PT EX PL PT PiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII11,11...7 BCK EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT 2, 3, 4, 6 10020 BATHROOM PG CT 1 CT 1 EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL FT EX PL PT 2 _ 20020 BATHROOM PC GT 1 CT 1 EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT 1 20020.1 SHOWER PC, CT1 GT 2 / 3 EX PL CT 3 EX PL CT 2 EX PL CT 2 EX PL GT 2 EX PL PT 1, 5 30020 BATHROOM PC GT 1 CT 1 EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT EX PL PT 1 30020.1 SHOWER PC GT 1 GT 2 / 3 EX PL GT 3 EX PL GT 2 EX PL GT 2 EX PL CT 2 EX PL PT 1, 5 SEE SCHEDULE F DOOR 2' 3' - 0" 1 FRAME • O • EXISTING CMU WALL / PLASTER FINISH (FIELD VERIFY) SEALANT BOTH SIDES Y.LP, HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME (&\JAM5 DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION NOTES: EXISTING CMU WALL W / PLASTER FINISH (FIELD VERIFY) SEALANT BOTH SIDES HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME E2) HEAP DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" REMOVE EXISTING BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN (E-3), AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO BE MODIFIED AND REUSED FOR NEW EXHAUST FAN. DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER TO EXISTING EXHAUST FAN. REMOVE TIME SWITCH FROM FAN. RENOVATION NOTES: ATTIC FLAN JN.T.S. DOOR SCHEDULE LEGEND WD PF MTL EX PT WOOD PRE -FINISHED METAL EXISTING PAINT ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTE 1. PATCH, REPAIR, PREP WALLS AND CEILINGS TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES 1. PATCH PLASTER WALLS UPON. NALL TILE REMOVAL TO RECEIVE PANT OR CERAMIC TILE. 2 - CERAMIC TILE FULL HEIGH-I r=C!" SHOWER WALLS (CT 2). 3. REFER TO PLAN NOTES INSTALL SKIM COAT PLASTER ON EXISTING WALLS/ CEILING. (PLASTER WELD BASE, 1 COAT PLASTER, SMOOTH FINISH). 4. SHOWER - CERAMIC TILE FLOOR WITH 1/2" MARBLE THRESHOLD WITH 1/4" CHAMFER AT ROOM SIDE. 5. WALL TILE EXTENDS TO FLOOR TILE OR TO PRE -CAST SHOWER BASIN. PROVIDE CERAMIC MOSAIC FLOOR TILE AS SPECIFIED TO MATCH CERAMIC TILE CT -1 AT THE SHOWER. SLOPE TO DRAIN. FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BATHROOM EXHAUST FAN (E-3) AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE GREENHECK, MODEL BCF -108, OR EQUAL, WITH 1/2 BELT DRIVE ODP MOTOR. MOTOR SHALL BE 1/2 HP, 120 VAC, 1PH (CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY VOLTAGE OF EXISTING EXHAUST FAN MOTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING). FAN RATED FOR 1,300 CFM @ .40" SP, 1005 RPM, 7.8 SONES, AND .30 BHP, SINGLE SPEED. MODIFY DUCTWORK TO ACCOMMODATE NEW EXHAUST FAN. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TRANSITION TO CONNECT NEW EXHAUST FAN TO EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. RECONNECT ELECTRICAL POWER TO NEW EXHAUST FAN. PROVIDE NEMA 1 DISCONNECT FOR FAN. PROVIDE NEW TIMER SWITCH TO CONTROL BATHROOM EXHAUST. COORDINATE WITH OWNER REGARDING EXHAUST FAN OPERATION. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN E-3 AREA OF WORK BELOW HARDWARE GROUP GROUP 1 GROUP 2 1 1/2" PAIR HINGES 1CLOSER 1 PUSH / PULL 1 WALL STOP 1 PROTECTION PLATE 1 1/2" PAIR HINGES 1 CLOSER 1 PRIVACY LOCKSET DOOR SILENCERS 1 PROTECTION PLATE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE LEGEND PC PRE -CAST CONCRETE EX EXISTING PL PLASTER PT PAINT CT1 CERAMIC TILE DALTILE, PARKWAY, &RAY PK98, &LAZED CERAMIC FLOOR TILE, 12" X 12". - DALTILE, PARKWAY 3" X 12" WALL BASE. GROUT COLOR: 542 &KEYSTONE. CT2 CERAMIC TILE - DALTILE, LARGO, WHITE LR94, &LAZED SUBWAY TILE, 3" X 6" HORIZONTAL GROUT COLOR: 281 BRIGHT WHITE CTS ROOM 201- CERAMIC TILE -DALTILE, ELEVARE, CARBON EL44, GLA7FTT CERAMIC 6" X 18" HORIZONTAL. GROUT COLOR: 370 DOVE GREY. ROOM 301- CERAMIC TILE - DALTILE, ELEVARE, SAND EL42, GLAZED CERAMIC 6" X 18" HORIZONTAL. GROUT COLOR: 122 LINEN. LED LIGHTING, (2) 3' UNITS. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS TA -5B PAINT EXISTING SOFFIT CT -2 FULL LENGTH III COUNTER SOLID MIRROR, 3' HIGH. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS REPLACE OUTLET AND COVERS. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS — ii MIMEO M1! I --E -• ri IMI 1 MI- r-• - 11 Y=11= 1111111•111111 i• • 1 11111111111111111111 _' 11111111111111111111111•1111.1111111111111 SOLID SURFACE COUNTER, SINK, BACKSPLASH 1 nalnIMI Minn - -r1--- ----� ■---1I TILE BASE PAINT 5 10020 METAL BR.ACKETS- RAKKS,EH-SURFACE MOUNT, ALUMINUM, OFFWHITE POWDER COATED, EH -1818, 2" X 2" X,25" EXTRUSION WITH RADIUS ENDS. SOUTH SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER PRE -CAST TERRAZZO SHOWER BASIN. 1/4" = 1'-O" LED LIGHTING (2) 4' UNITS. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS TA -5B FULL LENGTH COUNTER SOLID MIRROR, 3' HIGH. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS REPLACE OUTLET AND COVERS. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS PAINT „441EisiiiimiXISTING SOFFIT I1 111.111.11111111=111111\11111I Ei immasraramemmoliorim SOLID SURFACE COUNTER, SINK, BACKSPLASH TILE BASE PAINT P'' l'' ' II S 20020 Lrordfirml 1-- skom imulll1111111111111111 METAL BRACKETS- RAKKS, EH -SURFACE MOUNT, ALUMINUM, OFFWHITE POWDER COATED, EH -1818, 2" X 2" X .25" EXTRUSION WITH RADIUS ENDS. SOUTH 1/4" = 1'-O" CT -3 20020.1 - NORTH SEE ADA STANDARDS A-000 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOILET ACCESSORY INFORMATION TA -9B TA -7 TILE BASE 1/4" = 1'-O" PAINT CT -2 TA -9D T 1 111111. ---- -rr=MOM ------- in INN MINIM 111111 1111111111111111111111.1111111111 ------ •1111111111111=111111 MI= :...kinem mina= 111 Ell =I 111111•111111.11 NIP NO El NE El EN NNE MON111111M MS II NM MN MO11111•1111111111011 MO ------ • 111111111111•111111111 MI NI ---IP' 11 TA -9A 13 30L7 - NORTH 1/4" = 1'-0" SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER BULLNOSE TERMINATION EDGE TO ALIGN WITH PRE- CAST TERRAZZO BASE TA -15 CT -2 SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER EXISTING SOFFIT CT -2 PAINT BULLNOSE TERMINATION EDGE TO ALIGN WITH PRE- CAST TERRAZZO BASE PRE CAST TERRAZZO BASE SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS TILE BASE 10020 SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER EAST 1/4" = 1'-0" .......t\-1l...-G::O!---- ------ -�7.-ilill-#�•44,411. I I I 1 - -alt.-=i=im 11111=1=11117 II 11111111111111111 =MI 1111EMIIIM ... • VII I: EMU _; __ 111111111 PRE CAST 11�;1r.; 111•=1111 TERRAZZO TERRAZZO 1 f--� r-1 111111•1111=1BASE SEE Z--��I1 ---1 RENOVATION 11 �� - -1 ♦m I i NOTES FOR ��-r1��li s r 1 DETAILS 111--I-rIII---r ■ &. 111111111111111111111111111i1--- r- ---1111111•1--1- I I CT -2 PRE CAST TERRAZZO BASE SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS EXISTING SOFFIT SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER PAINT BULLNOSE TERMINATION EDGE TO ALIGN WITH PRE- CAST TERRAZZO BASE ■r 1 •---------1--- • - 1:. I I: 11 1 1 1 1 I I: 10 20020.1 SOUTH SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER SEE ADA STANDARDS A-000 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS TA -9C CT -2 1/4" = BULLNOSE TERMINATION EDGE TO ALIGN WITH PRE- CAST TERRAZZO BASE ---- u..'— 111111111111111111111111 II ., ----.1. I • MI 1111111 1111111 • II MB I'NI NMI IM11111111111111l1 In 1 • INN Mo rii7I MI NM VII 11111 MUM MIN MO r 14111"11111rIlalinINI NI r EOMI--- AN NM NM MOM NI rr-MEM -- • Mt MO 111111111111111111111 ME MINIONMIIMIN MN .11111111111.11111111111111 II ------ ------mum. mom mm m ll - / TA -9D 3090 SOUTH PAINT TILE BASE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1_ I 1 1 1 11 I 1 11 1 1 1 CT -2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1- 1 1 11 1 1 t 1 I i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 t 1 I ! I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 ! 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1! 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 11111 !" 1' 11 r'1' 1 I' 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I111 1 111111111(11I1 ("1"1- 20020.1 EAST LED LIGHTING, 2' UNIT. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS — FULL LENGTH MIRROR, FROM TOP OF BACKSPLASH TO 7' HIGH. SEE RENOVATION NOTES FOR DETAILS SOLID SURFACE COUNTER, SINK, BACKSPLASH TILE BASE CT -2 �I ti 11 I 1 AIM NOTE: SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES TO BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. BALANCE OF ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER, SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL, PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SOAP DISPENSER, TOWEL/ ROBE HOOKS, ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. OWNER TO VERIFY LOCATIONS. SHOWER CURTAIN AND ROD PROVIDED BY OWNER. INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR COORDINATE WITH OWNER SEE ADA STANDARDS A-000 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS 30, - EAST 1/4"=1-0" 1 t 1 ( 1I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1"11 111 1 I I i 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 I I i I 20020.1 -WEST SEE ADA STANDARDS A-000 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS TA -9A 30‘11:7 - Y 4EST 1/4" =1-0" Copyright: My reproduction or distribution for any purpose other than authorized by 181 Group is forbidden: Yrritten dimensions shall have precedence over scaled dimensions. Contractors shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and conditions on the job and la Group shall be informed of any variations from the dimensions and conditions shown on the drawing. Shop drawings shall be submitted to IBI Group for approval before proceeding with fabrication. COPYRIGHT © 2009 ISI GROUP Revision/Submission: Number Descri •tion Date Seal: ,t,":"::::),I.:1:95::/,, I.Lia �, * 3_+�111p _ & 1. 44 018456 0 1 ty Consultant: Architect/Engineer: PiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII11,11...7 BCK 1 B 1 BCK - IBI Group, a New York General Partnership 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901-1956, USA tel: 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 Project Name: FF4I SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY 14 SOUTH AVENUE ITHACA, NY 14853 Sheet. Title: SCHEDULES, LEGENDS Drawn by:1/4.1^1 Date: 01/20/2017 Designed by:D W Scale: As indicated Checked by: DA Do Not Scale Drawings BGK-IBI Project No.: 101521 Drawing NO.: A001 Client Project No.: 10215-301 LEVEL 1 DEMOLITION NOTES D1 REMOVE VINYL TILE TO PRECAST PLANK. D2 REMOVE WALL BASE, ALL WALLS. DE3 REMOVE SINK COUNTER. 171 REMOVE TOILET STALLS D5 REMOVE DOOR/HARDWARE. DE3 REMOVE SHOWER BASINS. i REMOVE SHOWER WALL FINISHES, ALL WALLS TO CMU WALL. D8 REMOVE PLATFORM TO PRECAST FLOOR SLAB. D9 REMOVE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER. PTO REMOVE MIRRORS AND OTHER BATHROOM WALL ACCESSORIES. D11 REMOVE ALL EXIS'T'ING DROP-IN SINKS FROM COUNTER SPADE AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. REMOVE ALL SANITARY, VENT, HOT AND GOLD WATER PIPING UP TO WALL. CAP HOT WATER, GOLD WATER AND SANITARY AT WALL. PIPING TO BE REUSED. CAP WATER AND SANITARY AT WALL AT 1 OFTHE SINKS TO ACCOMMODATE 2 SINKS INSTEAD OF 5. L712 REMOVE TOILET, FLUSH VALVE, AND ALL. ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING TOILET FLANGE TO REMAIN. EXISTING COLD WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. D113 REMOVE EXISTING SHOWER HEAD, MIXING VALVE, SHOWER VALVE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. REMOVE EXISTING SHOWER DRAIN. 1714 REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD COVER. EXISTING SPRINKLER TO REMAIN IN SAME LOCATION. REPLACE SPRINKLER HEAD COVER UPON GOMF'LETTON OF RENOVATION. D15 REMOVE FIN TUBE COVER, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING FINNED TUBE ELEMENT TO REMAIN AS 15. L716 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILL IN CEILING. EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. 1:711 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING UNCTION BOX AND MIRING TO REMAIN "AS -IS", AND REUSED. NEW LIGHTING TO BE MOUNIED IN SAME AREA A5 EXISTING 1718 REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLE, AND COVER.. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND WIRING TO REMAIN "AS -IS", AND REUSED. D19 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH, COVER, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING WRING AND JUNCTION BOX TO REMAIN. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT SNITCH WITH 5/5 COVER. D20 DISCONNECT EXISTING VISUAL STROBE FIRE ALARM NOTIFIER FROM WALL, REMOVAL BY CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. REINSTALL AFTER COMPLETION OF PROJECT. D11 D6 1 If 8 1I'I � 1 1 :11 6 D II BATHROOM I u D20 10020 EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN PEMOLITION FLAN - LEVEL 1 D5 MIR 5/3" = 1'-0" LEVEL 1 RENOVATION NOTES R1 CERAMIC TILE FLOOR, SETTING BED, WALL BASE. PREP PRECAST FLOOR SLAB PLANKS TO RECEIVE TILE. R2 REPAIR ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH. R5 SOLID SURFACE COUNTER (WILSONART, SEA STONE) AND 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH (2 SIDES). PROVIDE METAL BRACKETS - RAK:KS, EH- SURFACE MOUNT, ALUMINUM, OFF WHIT= PONDER COATED, EH -1818, 2" X 2" X .25" '1" - EXTRUSION WITH RADIUS 'ENDS. ANCHOR DIRECT TO SIDE WALL WITHOUT BRACE. TOP AT +54", PROVIDE 1 1/2" HIGH COUNTER FACE APRON BOTTOM TO BE +21" OFF THE FINISH FLOOR. SET APRON FACE BACK FROM COUNTER FADE 1". PROVIDE EASED EDGE AT COUNTER. R4 SOLID PLASTIC HEAD RAIL BRACED TOILET PARTITIONS. SCRANTON PRODUCTS OR EQUIVAIENT, SANTANA, COLOR -LINEN. MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT. R5 PREFINISHED WOOD VENEER DOOR Rb PRECAST TERRAZZO SHOWER BASINS. SEE GENERAL SHOWER BASE NOTE ON A100 FOR MORE INFORMATION. R1 NEW CERAMIC TILE WALL FINISH AT SHOWER WALLS, FULL HEIGHT. EXTEND TO PRECAST BASIN OUTSIDE EDGE AND WRAP END OF SHOWERS DIVIDER WALL. R8 SHOVER CURTAIN AND TRACK SY OWNER. INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. R9 SOLID SURFACE UNDER COUNTER MOUNT SINKS. CONNECT 14" HOT AND COLD WATER LINES AND 1-1/2" SANITARY TO EXISTING AT WALL. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR FAUCET, MODEL. SINK: WILSON ART, LINEN WHITE. R1O PROVIDE NEW TOILET WITH FLUSH VALVE. RECONNECT TO EXISTING' 5" SANITARY AND 1" COLD WATER LINES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBER. R11 PROVIDE NEW FAUCET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. R12 GUT OUT MIRROR TO RECEIVE OUTLET. REPLACE GM OUTLET AND COVER PLATE WITH BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL DEVICE/COVER PLATE. R13 MIRROR. - FULL COUNTER LENGTH FROM TOP OF BACKSPLPSH TO +b' -O" (COORDINATE FINAL HEIGHT WITH LIGHT FIXTURE). (TA -5B) R14 MAINTAIN GLEANOUTS. PROVIDE NEW BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES. R15 PROVIDE (2)-3' LONG VANITY LIGHT FIXTURE AND CONNECT TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT. NEW LIGHT GSHALL BE METALUX DOLED, 120 VAC, 1PH AND TIED INTO WALL SWITCH. R1& PROVIDE NEW FIN TUBE COVER. STERLING LVS-S 20. R11 PROVIDE NEW SPRINKLER HEAP COVER AND CONNECT TO E) STING SPRINKLER HEAD. NEW SPRINKLER HEAD COVER TO MATCH EXISTING AND BE COMPATIBLE FOR EXISTING SYSTEM. R15 PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST GRILLE. NEW GRILLE SIZE TO MATCH 'EXISTING, CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY' SIZE. NEW GRILLE SHALL BE TITUS S50RL. R19 PROVIDE NEW LIGHT ABOVE SHOVER AND TIE INTO LIGHT CIRCUIT. SHOWER LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE PORTFOLIO L176A15, WITH WATER PROOF ENCLOSURE. R20 PROVIDE 5/5 SHOWER DRAIN, AND TIE TO SANITARY. R21 1/2" MARBLE THRESHOLD AT POOR WITH 1/4" CHAMFER AT CORRIDOR SITE. R22 PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES ROOM 10020, LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE LITHONIA STL4, 4' LED SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. R25 RE -INSTALL EXISTING STROBE FRE ALARM NOTIFIER. R24 SEE GENERAL NOTES PAGE A100 FOR LIGHT SWITCH DETAILS. R25 NEN SHOWER HEAD/ CONTROL. R26 PAINT EXISTING ACCESS PANEL. RENOVATION PLAN - LEVEL 1 3/a" = 1'-0" PLAN LEVEL 2 DEMOLITION NOTES D1 REMOVE VINYL FLOOR TILE/BASE IN BATHROOM AND CERAMIC FLOOR TILE/SETTING BED AND FLASHING MEMBRANE AT SHOWER AREA TO PRECAST PLANK. P2 REMOVE WALL TILE WAINSCOT, ALL WALLS AND FULL HEIGHT TILE AT SHOWERS AND TUB AREAS. 175 REMOVE SINK COUNTER. D4 REMOVE TOILET STALLS D5 REMOV'E DOOR/HARDWRE. D6 REMOVE SHOWER BASINS. 171 REMOVE SHOWER WALL FINISHES, ALL YVALLS TO CMU WALL. D5 REMOVE CURB. D9 REMOVE TUB, GAP WATER AND SANITARY/LINES AT WALL AND FLOOR. P10 REMOVE CEILING TILE AT SHOWERS. PATCH AND REPAIR CEILING TO RECEIVE PAINT. P11 REMOVE MIRRORS AND OTHER BATHROOM WALL ACCESSORIES. D12 REMOVE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS. D15 REMOVE ALL EXISTING DROP-IN SINK FROM COUNTER SPACE AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. REMOVE ALL SANITARY, VENT, HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING UP TO WALL. GAP HOT WATER, COLD WATER AND SANITARY AT WALL. PIPING TO BE REUSED. GAP WATER AND SANITARY AT WALL AT 1 OF THE SINKS TO ACCOMMODATE 5 SINKS INSTEAD OF 4. D14 REMOVE TOILET, FLUSH VALVE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTIN<,S TOILET FLANGE TO REMAIN. EXISTING GOLD WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. P15 REMOVE EXISTING SHOWER HEAD,MIXING VALVE, SHOWER VALVE, AND ALL ASSOCIATES) EQUIPMENT. EXISTING GOLD AND HOT WATER PIPING TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. REMOVE EXISTING SHOWER DRAIN. D11 D1 1,6 D16 REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD COVER. EXISTING SPRINNKLER TO REMMN IN SAME LOCATED. REPLACE SPRINKLER HEAP COVER UPON COMPLETION OF RENOVATION. D11 REMOVE FIN TUBE COVER, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING FINNED TUBE ELEMENT TO REMAIN AS 15. P15 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILL IN CEILING. EXISTING EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. 1719 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND WIRING TO REMAIN "AS -IS", AND REUSED. NEW LIGHTING TO BE MOUNTED IN SAME AREA AS EXISTING. P20 REMOVE: EXISTING RECEPTACLE, AND COVER. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND WIRING TO REMAIN "AS -I5", AND REUSED. P21 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT SNITCH, COVER, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING WRING AND JUNCTION BOX TO REMAN. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT SWITCH WITH 5/5 GOLFER. D22 DESCONNEGT EXISTING VISUAL STROBE FIRE ALARM NOTIFIER FROM WALL. REMOVAL BY CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. REINSTALL AFTER COMPLETION OF PROJECT. D25 REMOVE FLOOR DRAIN COVER, FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN. D9 - P23, / _., 016 /' ®® SHC "I [- rD1\ 1 -nnn� I 1.._ 1720 fP20 1719 D18 121 Da 1221 175 \�. � \` I D151 D1 0 II D19 P15 20020 EXISTING SOFFIT TO REMAIN P4 2\ PEMOLITION FLAN - LEVEL 2 PLAN LEVEL 2 RENOVATION NOTES, R1 CERAMIC TILE FLOOR, SETTINGBED, IAALL BASE PREP PRECAST FLOOR. SLAB FLANKS TO RECZIVE TILE. R2 RE -PLASTER ALL WALLS AT REMOVED CERAMIC TILE AAINscor. BLEND TO EXISTING. REPAIR BALANCE OF WALLS TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH. R5 SOLD WRFACE COUNTER. (WILSONART, SEA STONE) AND 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH (2 SIDES). PROVIDE METAL BRACKETS - RAKK5, EH- SURFACE MOUNT, ALUMNUM, OFF WHITE EXTRUSION WITH RADIUS ENDS. ANCHOR DIRECT TO 5117E WALL WITHOUT BRACE. TOP AT +54". PROvIDE 1 1/2" HIGH COUNTER FACE APRON BOTTOM TO BE 42-7" OFF THE FINISH FLOOR. SET APRON FACE !BACK FROM COUNTER FACE 1". PROVIDE EASED EDGE AT COUNTER. R4 SOLD PLASTIC HEAD RAIL BRACED TOILET PARTITIONS. SCRANTON PROD'UCTS OR. EQUIVALENT, SANTANA, COLOR -LINEN. MATCH EXISTING LAYOUT. R5 FREFINISHED WOOD VENEER DOOR R6 PRECAST TERRAZZO SHOVER !BASINS SEE GENERAL SHOWER BASE NOTE ON A100 FOR MORE INFORMATION. IR.1 NEW CERAMIC TILE WALL FINISH AT SHOWER WALLS, FULL I -EIGHT. EXTEND 70 PRECAST BASIN OUTSIDE.: EDGE AND WRAP ENT, OF SHOWERS DIVIDER WALL. Ra SHOWER. CURTAIN AND TRACK BY OWNER. INSTALLED UN:2'ER. THIS CONTRACT. RR soup SURFACE UNDER COUNTER MOUNT SINKS CONNECT /i" HOT AND COLD WATER LINES AND 1-1/2" SANITARY TO EXISTING AT WALL. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FORFAUCET, MODEL. SINK: WILSON ,ART, LINEN WHITE R10 FRovre NEri TOILET WITH FLUSH VALVE. RECONNECT TO EXISTING 5" SANITARY AND 1" COLD WATER LINES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBER. R11 PROVIDE NEW FAUCET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR R12 CUT OUT MIRROR TO RECEIVE OUTLET. REPLACE 6.F.I OUTLET AND COVER PLATE WITH BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL DEVICE/COVER PLATE. R15 MIRROR - FULL COUNTER LENGTH FROM TOP OF BACKSFLASH TO +6,'-0" (COORDINATE FINAL HEIGHT WITH LIGHT FIXTURE.) (TA -5B) R14 MAINTAIN CLEANOUTS. PROVIDE NEW BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES. R15 FULL HEIGHT CERAMIC TILE IN sHowER / DRYING AREA. REPAIR PLASTER WALLS UPON WALL TILE REMOVAL- TO RECEIVE NEN WALL TILE. R16. 1i" HIGH MARBLE THRESHOLD WITH 4." CHAMFER. DEPTH TO MATCH WALL THICKNESS. R11 NOT USED. R15 PROVIDE 2-4' LONG VANITY LIGHT AND CONNECT TO EXISTING ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT. NEW LIGHT SHALL BE METALUX BOLE!" 120 VAG,1PH AND TIED INTO WALL. R1c1 PROVIDE NEW FINNED TUBE covER. STERLING LVE3-S20 R20 RE -INSTALL ExsTiNo STROBE FIRE ALARM NOTIFIER. R21 REPAIR WALL TO MATCH EXISTING AT REMOVED CURB R22 ESULLNOSE WALL TILE TERMINATION THIS CORNER. R25 PROVIDE NEIN SPRINKLE.R HEAD COVER AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD. NEVI SPRINKLER HEAD COVER TO MATCH EXISTING AND E3E COMPATIBLE FOR EXISTING SYSTEM. R24 PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST GRILLE. NEW GRILLE SIZE TO MATCH EXISTING, CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY SIZE NEW GRILLE SHALL BE TITUS' 55ORL. R25 PROVIDE NEW LIGHT ABOVE sHoreR AND TIE INTO LIGHT OIRCUIT. SHOWER LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE PORTFOLIO LI76A15, WITH WATER PROOF ENCLOSURE R26 PROVIDE 5/5 SHOWER DRAIN, AND TIE TO SANITARY. R21 1/2" MARBLE THRESHOLD AT POOR WITH 1/4" CHAMFER AT CORRIL7OR sloe. R25 PROVIDE NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES ROOM 20020 AND 20020.1, LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE LITHONIA STL4, 4' LED SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR oETAILs. R2R SEE GENERAL. NOTES PAGE A100 FOR LIGHT SWITCH R50 PROVIDE NEW FLOOR DRAIN COVER. R52. PAINT EXISTNG ACCESS PANEL. R25 10 Raa R24 12- - - - R22 R25 I R.20 BATHROOM 20020 R24 tit R52 R4 RENOVATION FLAN - LEVEL 2 LEVEL 5 DEMOLITION NOTES D1 REMOVE VINYL FLOOR TILE/BASE IN BATHROOM AND CERAMIC FLOOR TILE/SETTING BED AND FLASHING MEMBRANE AT SHOWER AREA TO PRECAST PLANK. P2 REMOVE WALL TILE WAINSCOT, ALL INALLS AND FULL HEIGHT TILE AT SHOWER/7UB AREA. D5 REMOVE SINK COUNTER. D4 REMOVE TOILET STALLS D5 REMOVE POOR/HARDWARE. L75 REMOVE SHOWER BASINS. D1 REMOVE SHOWER WALL FINISHES, ALL WALLS TO CMU WALL. Pa REMOVE CURB. DR REMOVE 11.15, CAP WATER AND SANITARY/LINES. D10 REMOVE FLATFORM IN FRONT OF SHOWERS. P11 REMOVE PAPER TOYEL DISPENSER. D12 REMOVE CZILING TILE AT SHOWERS, PATCH AND REPAIR CEILING TO RECEIVE PAINT. 215 REMOVE MIRRORS AND OTHER BATHROOM WALL ACCE5SORIES. 214 REMOVE EXISTING RECEPTACLE, AND COVER. EXISTING JUNCTION SOX AND WIRING TO REMAIN "A6-15", AND RP -USED,. 013 REMOVE ALL EXISTING DROP-IN SINKS FROM COUNTER SPACE AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. REMOVE ALL SANITARY, VENT, HOT AND GOLD WATER F'IF'ING UP TO WALL. CAP HOT WATER, COLD WATF-R AND SANITARY AT WALL PIPING TO SE REUSED. CAP WATER AND SANITARY AT WALL AT 1 OF THE SINKS TO ACCOMMODATE 5 SINKS INSTEAD OF 4. 015 REMOVE TOILET, FLUSH VALVE, AND ALL ASSOCIATF-17 EQUIPMENT. EXISTNG TOILET FLANGE TO REMAIN. EXISTNG COLD WATER PIPING TO REMAIN. 177 1711 REMOVE EXISTING BATHROOM, SHOWER HEAP, MIXING VALVE, SHONE_R VALVE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING COLD AND HOT I, \ATER PIPING TO REMAIN AND BE REUSED. REMOVE EXISTING SHOINF-R DRAIN 015 REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAP COVER. EXISTING SPRINKLER TO REMAIN IN SAME LOCATED. R.EPLACE SPRINKLER HEAD COVER. UPON COMF'LET1ON OF RENOVATION. L71,1 REMOVE FIN TUBE G011ER, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. EXISTING FINNED TUBE ELEMENT TO REMAIN AS S. P20 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILL IN CEILING. EXISTNG EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. D21 L7ISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE, AND ALL ASSOCIATED E-GLIPMENT. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX AND WRING TO REMAIN "AS -IS", AND REUSED. NEW LIGHTING TO BE MOUNTED IN SAME AREA AS EXISTING REMOvE EXISTING RECEPTACLE, AND COVER. EXISTING JUNCTION nox AND WIRING l'O REMAIN D22 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHT SWITCH, COVER, AND ALL ASSOCIATF-17 EQUIPMENT. EXISTING WIRING AND JUNCTION BOX TO REMAIN. P25 DISCONNECT EXISTING VISUAL STROBE FIRE ALARM NOTIF1ER FROM IAIALL. REMOVAL BY CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. REINSTALL AFTER COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 015 DEMO!. TION FLAN - LEVEL 3 LEVEL 5 RENLOVATION NOTES R1 CERAMIC, TILE FLOOR, SETTING BED, WALL BASE. PREP PRF -CAST FLOOR SLAB PLANKS 7'0 RECEIVE TILE. R2 RE -PLASTER ALL WALLS AT REMOVED CERAMIC. TILE WAINSCOT. BLEND TO EXISTING. REPAIR BALANCE OF INA -LS TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH. R5 SOLID SURFACE COUNTER ONILS7NART, SEA STONE) AND 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH (2 SIDES). PROVIDE METAL !BRACKETS - RAK.K.S, EH - SURFACE MOUNT ALUMINUM, OFF iNNITE POWDER RADIUS ENDS. ANCHOR DIRECT TO SIPE IA1ALL WITHOUT BRACE. TOP AT +54". PIRWIDE 1 1/2" HIGH COUNTER FACE APRON BOTTOM TO E3E +21" OFF THE FINISH FLOOR. SET APRON FACE BACK FROM COUNTER FACE 1". PROVIDE EASED EDGE AT R4 SOLID' PLASTIC. HEAD RAIL BRACED TOILET PARTITIONS. SCRANTON PRODUCTS OR EQUIVALENT, SANTANA, COLOR -LINEN. MATCH EXIST-ING LAYOUT. R5 PREFINISHED YIOOD VENEER DOOR R6- PRECAST TERRAZZO SHOWER BASINS. SEE GENERAL SHOWER BASE NOTE ON A100 FOR MORE INFORMATION. RI NEW CERAMIC. TILE WALL FINISH AT SHOWER WALLS, FULL HEIGHT. EXTEND TO PRECAST BASIN OUTSIDE EDGE AND WRAP END OF SHOWERS DIVIDER WALL. Ra SHOWER CURTAIN AND TRACK BY OWNER. INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. RR SOLID' SURFACE IJNIDER COUNTER MOUNT SINKS. CONNECT 16" HOT AND COLD IAIATEEIR. LINES AND 1- 1/2" SANITARY TO EXISTING AT WALL. REFER TO SPEOIFICATION FOR. FAUCET, NOVEL. SINK: WILSON ART, LINEBN WHITE. R10 PROVIDE NEW TOILET WITH FLUSH VALVE. RECONNECT TO EXISTING 5" SANITARY, 2" VENT AND 1" COLD WATER LINES. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBER. R11 R12 R14 R15 R11 R15 R20 R21 R.22 R25 R24 R25 R21 R25. pRovve NEW FAUCET, SEE SF'F-CIFICATIONS FOR CUT OUT MIRROR TO RECEIVE OUTLET. REPLACE G.F.I OUTLET AND COVER PLATE IAIITH BRUSHEL7 STAINLESS STEEL DEVICE/COVER PLATE. MIRROR - FULL COUNTER LENGTH FROM TOP OF BACK -SPLASH TO -}-v-a". COORDINATE FINAL HEIGHT WITH LIGHT FIXTURES. (TA -5E3) MAINTAIN OLEANOUTS. PROVIDE NEIN BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES FULL HEIGHT OERAMIC TILE IN SHOWER DRYING AREA REPAIR PLASTER WALLS UPON REMOVAL TO RE-CEIVE NEIN WALL TILE. REPAIR WALL 7'0 MATCH EXISTING AT REMOVED CURB AREA PROVIDE 2-4' LON45 VANITY LIGHT AND CONNECTO EXISTING ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT. NEW LIGHT SNALL BE METALLIX EcLEr:), 120 VAC, 1PH AND TIED INTO YIALL SNITCH. PROVIDE NE-INFIN TUBE COVER. STER.LNG LVB-S 20. BULLNOSE WALL TILE TERMINATION THIS CORNER. PRovve NEW SPRINKLER HEAD COVER AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD. NEW SPRINKLER HEAD COVER TO MATCEXISTING AND BE COMPATIBLE FOR EXSTING SYSTEM. PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST GRILLE NEIN GRILLE SIZETO MATCH EXISTING, CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VIBR.IFY SIZE. NEW C'7RILLE SHALL BE TITUS 55ORL. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT ABOVE SHOYIEIR. AND TIE INTO LIGHT CIRCUIT. SHOWER LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE P•DRTFOLIO LP6A15, WITH WATER. PROOF FRovioe S/S SHOWER L7RAIN, AND TIE TO 1/2" MARBLE THIRESHOLD AT POOR WITH 1/4" CHAMFER AT CORRIDOR sc:e. PR.OVIDE NEW ust-rnNs FIXTURES ROOM 50020 AND 50020.1, LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL LITHONIA S-71-4, 4' LED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. SIM GENERAL NOTES PAGE A100 FOR LIGHT SVIITON DETAILS. RE -INSTALL EXISTING STROBE FIRE ALARM NOTIFIER. NEW SHOWER HEAD / CONTROL. R21 RENOVATION FLAN - LEVEL 3 LEVEL 5 ADA DEMOLITION NOTES 01 REMOVE MASONRY AND PLASTER FINISH WALL FOR. NEIN. D2 REMOVE DOOR, FRAME, AND T75 REMOVE OF_RAMIC TILE FLOOR/BASE TO PRECAST FLOOR PLANK AT CLOSET REMOVE FLOORING TO PRECAST FLOOR D4 REMOVE SHOWER uNrr. CAP WATER AND SANITARY LINES BELOW FLOOR, PATCH FLOOR HOLES. D5 REMOVE WALLS, PATCH WALLS AND CEILNG. REMOVE LOW CEILING/FRAMING AT SHOYIER STALL. 175 REMOVE SINK, CAP INikTER AND SANITARY LINES BELOW FLOOR. PATCH FLOOR HOLES. 01 REMOVE MIRROR. D5 REMOVE LIGHT, SURFACE RACEWAY AND SWITCH. TERMINATE WIRING TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. PR REMOVE TOILET, CAP WATER AND SANITARY LINE BELOW rLooR. PATCH FLOOR. HOLES,. 010 REMOVE EXISTING EXHAUST GRILL. PROVIDE NEW GRILL, 1111..S 55ORL. 011 REMOVE SANITARY LINES BELOW FLOOR BACK TO RISER. REMOVE WYE CONNECTIONS AT RISER. P12 REMOVE CEILING LIGHT. 215 REMOVE/RELOCATE FIRE ALARM AA/ DEVICE. 014 REMOVE WALL BATHROOM ACCZ5SORIES AND PATCH WALLS 015 REMOVE LIGHT SINITCH/INIRING TO NEAREST JUNCTION EIOX. 015 REMOVE ELECTRIC RECESSED WALL HEATER, PATCH WALL. REMOVE ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT BACK TO PANEL. L711 REMOVE EXISTING HOT WATER SHUT-OFF AND R.E.CONNECT PIPE TO EXISTING BASEBOARD. . PR ADA BATHROOM 12 1715 Da 011 011 P14 -Yr-17 CLOSET 1 Sr PEMOLITION FLAN - LEVEL 3 APA PLAN LEVEL 5 APA RENOVATION NOTES R1 R2 R5 R4 R5 R5 Ra R11 R12 R14 R15 SHOWER: 1-1/2" SANITARY BELOW FLOOR -- AND TIE INTO EXISTING. 1-1/4" VENT UP TO CEILING AND TIE INTO EXISTING 4'VTR 1/2" COLD AND HOT INAIER BELOW FLOOR AND TIE INTO EXISTING. EXISTING 4" 1/2" HAI 4 CIA1 TO EXISTING. TIE 1 1/4" VENT TO EXISTING. 1 1/2" SAN PAINT ALL NON -TILED WALLS. STEEL ANGLE LINTEL.. - 2-5 X EX/2 5/5" E3AOK TO BACK. ANGLES YIT5" PRE.FINISHF-171^1000 VENEER DGOR / METAL FRAME. MARBLE THRESHOLD - HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE, )" HIGH INITH Y4" OHAMFER. FULL DEPTH OF DOOR FRAME. SOLID SURFACE COUNTE-R (WILSONART, SEA STONE) AND 4HIGH BACKSPLASH SIDES).70F' AT +54". PROVIL7E 1 1/2" HIGH COUNTER FACE, APRON BOTTOM TO BE +2'7" OFF THE FINISH FLOORSET APRON FACE BACK FROM COUNTER FACZ 1". PROVIDE EAd".5E.17 EDGE AT COUNTER. CMU WALL INFILL IA1111-I FULL PLASTER FINISH BOTH SIPES. MATCH EXISTING INA -L THICKNESS. BLEND TO EXISTING. PAINT EXISTING WALL, PRIMIER, 2 FINISH COATS. SOLID SURFACE UNDER COUNTER MOUNT SINK. PROVIDE 1 1/2" SANITARY LINE CONNECTION TO EXISTING. INSULATE/JACKET AT DRAIN, WATER PIPES AND VALVETO COMPLY WITH HANDICAFACCESS REQUIREMENTS. CONNECT 1/2"HC7T AND COLD WATER LINESTO EXISTING BELOW FLOOR. PROVIDE SHUTOFFS UNDER SINK. HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SEAT. CERAMIC TILE FLOOIR. AND FULL HEI,SHT WALL TILE AT SHOWER. DIAMETER SHOWER. GRAB BAR (TA -RC) AND VERTICAL GRAB BAR (TA -0117) SEE SHOWER STALL ELEVATIONS PAGE A000. SHOWER CURTAIN (TA -12) AND TRACI< (TA -11) BY ONNER. INSTALLED' UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 10" 1 Y" DIAMETER VERTICAL GRAB 42'1, 1 3T DIAMETER (-IRAB BAR 55'1, 1 36" DIAMETER GRAB BAR CERAMIC, TILE FLOOIR./BASE. SKIM COAT PLASTER AT EXISTING WALLS AND CEILING. PLASTER INELD BASE AND 1 PLASTER COAT INSTALL NEW SHUT-OFF VALVE AND MODIFY- PIPE TO INSTALL. 5 5/5" METAL STUD (20 GAUGE) GYF'SUM BOARD EACH stye CERAMIC. TILE AT SHOWER sce, PAINT OTHER SIL7E. R24 R21 R5 R4 R20 R25 R24 R25 R25 R21 R25 R50 R51 R52 5 15/8" METAL STUD (20 6AU6E) 15" s/a" GYPSUM BOARD 1 SIDE. TERMINATE SHOWER TILE WITH BULL NOSE TILE AT END OF }NALL, MATCH OPPOSITE SIDE. FULL nr7rH MIRROR FROM TOP OF SHOWER DRAIN, SLOPE FLOOR TO L7FRAIN. CONNECT 1 1/2" SANITARY LINE AND 1 1/4" VENT 70 EXISTING RISERS. BELOYFLOOR. PROVIDE NEW DRAIN. SHOIAER HEAD, CONTROL AND HAND HELD WAND WITH 5' HOSE (HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE COMPLIANT). 3,i" HOT/COLD WATE3R. LINES, CONNE.C7 TO EXISTNG BELOW FLOOR. CHASE MASONRY' ALL TO INSTALL WATER LINES. PATCH WALL TO RECEIVE TILE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHOWER HEAD ANC' CONTROL/HAND WAND. PROVIDE NEJN TOILET WITH FLUSH VALVE. CONNEOT TO 5" SANITARY AND DROP EeLoyi FLOOR. PROVIDE NEW TOILET FLANGE. RF -CONNECT TCEXISTING SANITARY AND COLD WATER PIPING BELOYI FLOOR. REFER TO PROVIDE 2' VANITY LIGHT AT TOOF MIRROR AND NALL SWITCH AS SHOWN, RE -USE EXISTING LIGHT CIRCUIT. NEN LIGHT SHALL E3EMETALUX BCLF-D 120 VAC, 1PH CEILING LIGHT. PROVIDE NEW CEILIING LIGHT ANINEW SNITCH AS SHOWN, RE -USE ENS -TING LIGHT OIRSUIT. NEW LIGHT SHALL mETALux BCLED, 120 VAC, 1F'H CEILING LIGHT PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST GRILLE. NEN GRILLE SIZE 1'0 MATCH EXISTING. CONTRACTOR TO FILEL7 VERIFY SZE. NEN GRILLE SHALL SE TENS 55ORL. NOT USED. RELOCATED FIRE ALARM AV NOT USED. PROVIDE NEW LIGHT ABOVE SHOWER AND TIE INTO LIGHT OIRCUIT. SHOWER LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE PORTFOLIO LDS.A15, WITH WATER PROOF ENCLOSURE. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH EXHAUST IDUF'LEX OUTLET. SEE SPECAFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. SEE GENERAL NOTES F'AGE A1OGFOR LIGHT SNITCH DETAILS. NEW LIGHT SWITCH THIS LOCATION. R11 FOR SHOVER. R20 Ra SANITARY STACK R22 R15 R13 R14 R1 SIN< 1-1/2" SANITARY SELOYI FLOOR AND TIE INTO EXISTING. 1-1/4" VENT UP TO CEILING AND TIE INTO EXISTING 4"1/TIR 1/2" GOLD AND HOT INATER BELOW FLOOR. AND TIE: INTO EXISTING. PROVIDE NEW FAUCET, SEE SPEOFICATIONS FOR PLAN - 1 1/2" SAN BELOW 3" SAN BELON TOILET: 5" SANITARY BELOW FLOOR AND TIE INTO EXISTING. 2" VENT UP TO CEILING AND TIE INTO EXISTING 4"VTR 1" GOLD' WATER !BELOW FLOOR AND TIE INTO EXPSTING. Cr) RENOVATION FLAN - LEVEL 3 APA PLAM Any reproduction or distribution for any purpose other than authorized by II31 Group is forPidden. Nritten dimen.iions shall have preoedence over scaled dimensions. Contractors shall verify and be responsible for all dimensions and oonditions on the Job and el Group shall be informed of any variations from the dimensions and conditions shown on the drawing. 5hop drawings shall bo submitted to IBI Group for approval before proceeding with fOorication. COPYRIGHT 0 200q 101 GROUP Number Description Date GENER.AL SHOINER BASE NOTE PRECAST FIAT VERIFY APPROXIMATELY SI7E). PORTLAND S11REN6TH GRCXJND 4" 1A111:7E. GALVANIZED 1" OAST 'TERRAZZO SHOIAER BASES: PRODUCTS OR EQUIVALENT. FIELD SIZE TO EXISTING CONDMONS. 5' X 5' (FIE.LD VERIFY INHITE MARBLE CHIPS CAST IN INHITE CEMENT. MINIMUM 5000 PSI ArrER-7 PAYS FACTORY / POLISHED, MINIMUM SHOVER OF HIGH INSIDE, 5" OUTSIDE; MINIMUM 1 1/2" INTE&R.AL TILING FLANGE, SONIDERIZF-D STEEL, MINIMUM ABOVE SHOULDER. STAINLESS STEEL / INTEGRAL DRAN. GENERAL NOTES 1. PROVIDE NEIN SFRNI<LER HEAD COVERS. SEE SPF-CIFICATIONS FOR. 2. REMOVE EXISTING SINITOH COVER PLATES AND SWITCHES. INSTALL NEW SWITCH AND COVER PLATE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS 5. PATCH EXISTING WALLS PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW FINISHES TYPICAL OF ALL YIAI-L GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTE 1. SWITCH SMOKE DETECTORS TO HEAT DETECTORS IN WORK VICINITY r3t)RaNs CONSTRUCTION. TESTING THE SMOKE DETECTORS IS REQUIRF-D. COORDINATE WITH Ui 018456 MIrmilmmilimilli IBI BCK - 1BI Group, a New York General Partnership 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901-1956, USA tel: 607 772 0007 fax: 607 723 4121 Project Name: PHI SIGMA 516MA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY 14 SOUTH AVENUE ITHACA NY 14853 Sheet Title: E3ATHROOM FLAN PETAILS Drawn by: Dat.e: Designed N: I".1N 5cale: As indicated Checked Ioy: PA Do NOt Scale Drawings BCK-SIProject No.: 1011321 Drawing No.: A100 client Project NO.: 10215-501 PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM Rr;NOVATIONS Project Manual & Specifications January 20, 2017 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 14853 Architect BCK-IBI Group 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, NY 13901 PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions Exhibit A Exhibit A-1 Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F — Exhibit F — Exhibit F — Exhibit F — Exhibit G Exhibit H Exhibit I and Exhibits Change Order Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments Final Release Application and Certificate for Payment Guarantee Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE/WBE Vendors Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority — Women Utilization Report Labor Rate Breakdown Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation Contractor Performance Evaluation DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Section 01 14 00 Section 01 25 00 Section 01 31 19 Section 01 31 50 Section 01 32 16 Section 01 32 33 Section 01 33 00 Section 01 35 29 Section 01 35 43 Section 01 35 44 Section 01 41 00 Section 01 42 00 Section 01 45 00 Section 01 50 00 Section 01 51 00 Section 01 51 23 Section 01 66 00 Section 01 73 29 Section 01 77 00 Section 01 78 22 Section 01 78 23 Section 01 78 36 Section 01 78 39 Summary of the Work Work Restrictions Substitutions and Product Options Project Meetings Electronic Project Management Construction Schedules Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures General Health & Safety General Environmental Requirements Spill Control Regulatory Requirements References Quality Control Temporary Facilities and Controls Temporary Utilities Heat During Construction Storage and Protection Cutting, Patching and Repairing Project Close Out Fixed Equipment Inventory Operating and Maintenance Data Warranties and Bonds Record Documents PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 DIVISION 4 — MASONRY Section 04 20 00 Unit Masonry DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 90 05 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 — OPENINGS Section 08 11 13 Section 08 14 16 Section 08 71 00 Hollow Metal Frames Flush Wood Doors Door Hardware DIVISION 9 — FINISHES Section 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09 23 00 Gypsum Plastering Section 09 26 13 Gypsum Veneer Section 09 30 00 Tiling Section 09 91 00 Painting DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES Section 10 21 13.19 Section 10 28 00 Plastic Toilet Toilet and Bath DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS Section 12 36 00 Countertops DIVISION 21— FIRE SUPPRESSION Section 21 11 10 Wet Pipe Sprinkler DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING Section 22 07 15 Section 22 09 10 Section 22 10 05 Section 22 40 00 Piping Insulation Plumbing Specialties Plumbing Piping Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) Section 23 34 16 Section 23 37 00 Centrifugal HVAC Fans Air Outlets and Inlets PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding Section 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports Section 26 05 34 Conduit Section 26 05 35 Surface Raceways Section 26 05 37 Boxes Section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices Section 26 51 00 Interior Lighting DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY Section 28 31 00 Fire Alarm Systems DRAWING LIST Cover Page A000 ADA Compliance Standards/Code Information A001 Schedules, Legends A100 Bathroom Plan Details END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: BCK-IBI Group 41 Chenango Street Binghamton, New York 13901 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Jessica B. Brewster, Manager Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:OOPM on February 17, 2017. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -1 ID OPENIN a. Proposal will be opened publicly by the Owrr Bit ilding, Cornell'University ampus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour reserves the right to postpone the date and tine melting of propos tune announced in this Ir struetiran to Bidders tarn amendments thereto (htt srrpplic Contra la ING DOCUMENTS Ihe Bidding Docrrnaerats will of the f ll w n : t l Instructions to Bidders (2) 13id orttre eral Condi 1S 4) 1` r'r wi 1` d raeeifi ation n R,eom1 r a ontract and 1.?i isioit rddatehatedi'r, at any finis, prior rays The Owner the date acrd ener°aI1 quire] (5) Addend and/or` bulletins issued prior t date of ripening of Proposals. DRAVVINGS AND SPSPECIFICATIONSFURNISHED B r{equrr Docun l rrlract Document rrray be obtained 1ior the Fac Cortir°acts website; tarn li+ e rlc rr r tsl of / rojects. `Irr ). For assistance eat l 607-255-5313. Additional sets will be available a ' r1g may Girder Clads at 30.00per s sots remain tlae; property of the COw c, 1`Ite successful bidder will b START OF WORK a. ti suancc of writta to than August srk at ti authors: 1, 2017. 130Ni- hall be procc 0.00 per set Zvi without refrrrtd er- otrtrefand. All strbc rrtrac No prrr`tiam sats will he isstr allowed tern ti0 sets ot'drawings and spew 111 d iithin a. Pcrforrnarzcc and Payment Bonds. The sracc "l erftarrrrarace" and '{Labor and : Material Payment ands" e Price. The cast of srreh bonds shall be included in the Bidd in a t°rsrn wide such sureties as tl.e Owner may approve, b. , Bid Bond. dddr wil the Bid Amid. Such Bid Bond shall tiara to him in con for sty with his Proposal: 1r neer shall, at the rel alion of the 13idde described in a above. 9 16 1 STI LI 0115. 11.ee~rt t15 calendar days frorrr the date of an Irrrre 12, 2017 and shall be completed no ;ssful Bidder shall fcrrnish ch in the anount oaf 100". s Proposal. Bach 'ref these be required to furnish Ice that the Bidder wiI Proposal Guarantee 13 be willing tea provide to 1 Contract arc to be Bid la nd in the artrount of scute the ontract if it is awaidcd nd shall in l`rde a' statement that the Bidder the ontract, Bored as ONS 'I(O1311 INS -2 9. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the Proposal opening or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. 11. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received by the deadline established at the pre-bid conference will be given consideration. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -3 12. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:OOAM, February 1, 2017, in Room 102C of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form. b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4 17. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Form. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by him. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5 23. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid Proposal: (1) Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening (2) Certificate as to Corporate Bidder (3) List of Proposed Subcontractors (4) Schedule of Values (5) Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) (2) (3) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors Six -Month Workforce Projection c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION Rev 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6 PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Jessica B. Brewster, Manager Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated January 20, 2017 prepared by BCK-IBI Group, 41 Chenango Street, Binghamton, New York 13901, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. ($ ) Rev.9-2016 BID FORM BF -1 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. Alternate No. Description ADD DEDUCT NONE $ $ Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -2 3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within fifteen (15) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed, but no sooner than June 12, 2017, and to complete the project no later than August 11, 2017. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. MASONRY PAINTING FIRE PROTECTION PLUMBING Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -3 HVAC ELECTRICAL Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -4 5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 15, 1.3, A. 7. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ (10% of Bid Amount) is attached to this Bid. Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -5 8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. Spec Section Division 01 Division 04 Division 08 Div. 10 &12 Division 21 Division 22 Division 23 Division 26 Rev. 9-2016 Trades and/or Subdivision Value Included in Base Bid General Requirements Masonry Hollow Metal Frames, Doors & Hardware Specialty Materials & Countertops Fire Protection Plumbing HVAC Electrical BID FORM Total Bid $ BF -6 9. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05, Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. Percentage of Supervision Deduction from Base Bid $( ) e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -7 10. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not Less than sixty (60) calendar days after Proposal opening or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of time. Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -8 11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -9 CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) Rev.9-2016 BID FORM BF -10 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, certify that I am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) Rev. 9-2016 BID FORM BF -11 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR PHI SIGMA SIMGA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1 Section 1.01 Section 1.02 Section 1.03 ARTICLE 2 Section 2.01 Section 2.02 Section 2.03 Section 2.04 Section 2.05 Section 2.06 Section 2.07 Section 2.08 Section 2.09 Section 2.10 Section 2.11 Section 2.12 Section 2.13 Section 2.14 Section 2.15 ARTICLE 3 Section 3.01 Section 3.02 Section 3.03 Section 3.04 Section 3.05 Section 3.06 ARTICLE 4 Section 4.01 Section 4.02 ARTICLE 5 Section 5.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Owner Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings Order of Precedence CONTRACTOR Contractor's Obligations Contractor's Title to Materials "Or Equal" Clause Quality, Quantity and Labeling Superintendence by Contractor Subsurface or Site Conditions Representations of Contractor Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors Meetings Related Work Surveys and Layout Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies Project Labor Rates Daily Reports INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Access to the Work Notice for Testing Inspection of Work Inspection and Testing Defective or Damaged Work Acceptance CHANGES IN WORK Changes Form of Change Orders TIME OF COMPLETION Page 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 10 Time of Completion 10 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 6 Section 6.01 Section 6.02 Section 6.03 ARTICLE 7 Section 7.01 ARTICLE 8 Section 8.01 ARTICLE 9 Section 9.01 ARTICLE 10 Section 10.01 Section 10.02 Section 10.03 Section 10.04 Section 10.05 Section 10.06 Section 10.07 Section 10.08 Section 10.09 Section 10.10 ARTICLE 11 Section 11.01 Section 11.02 ARTICLE 12 Section 12.01 Section 12.02 Section 12.03 Section 12.04 ARTICLE 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS TERMINATION Termination for Cause Termination for Convenience of Owner Owner's Right to do Work DISPUTES Disputes Procedure SUBCONTRACTS Subcontracting COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Cooperation with Other Contractors PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Accidents and Accident Prevention Adjoining Property Emergencies Bonds Risks Assumed by the Contractor Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance Liability Insurance of the Owner Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards Effect of Procurement of Insurance No Third Party Rights Page 11 11 12 12 13 13 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Substantial Completion 19 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19 PAYMENT Provision of Payment Withholding Payments Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment Final Payment and Release TAX EXEMPTION 20 22 22 23 Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24 11 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 14 Section 14.01 ARTICLE 15 Section 15.01 Section 15.02 Section 15.03 Section 15.04 Section 15.05 Section 15.06 Section 15.07 Section 15.08 ARTICLE 16 ARTICLE 17 ARTICLE 18 ARTICLE 19 Section 19.01 Section 19.02 Section 19.03 ARTICLE 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS GUARANTEE Guarantee STANDARD PROVISIONS Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Laws Governing the Contract Assignments No Third Party Rights Waiver of Rights of Owner Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action Limitation on Actions Owner's Representative ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ROYALTIES AND PATENTS CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Release of Information Confidential Information Use of Owner's Name Page 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 29 11 Rev 07-2014 EXHIBITS A Change Order A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment C Final Release D Application and Certificate for Payment E Guarantee F Form I Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Form H Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report G Labor Rate Breakdown H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation I Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 07-2014 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 3 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner madeavailable to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid info, nation made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 07-2014 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one (1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 5 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 — Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev 07-2014 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 07-2014 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-ups: 1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work perfoinied by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. 4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost. Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the reduction. F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. 9 Rev 07-2014 G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. Section 4.02 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents. No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said form. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 10 Rev 07-2014 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, inay terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. 11 Rev 07-2014 Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perfoim or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. 12 Rev 07-2W4 D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. 13 Rev 07-2014 B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. 14 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident investigation forms and accident reports prepared. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. 15 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by Owner's own negligence. 1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity. B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. 16 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. 17 Rev 07-2014 C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor's certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 18 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover "all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any Loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor perfoimed under the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 19 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 20 Rev 07-2014 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. (d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates, notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit "H". The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site. 21 Rev 07-2014 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, infolluation, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not hereby be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 5. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction. 6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04. D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for tax exemption. 22 Rev 07-2014 Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.03 — Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As -Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 23 Rev 07-2014 Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, infoi,nation, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 24 Rev 07-2014 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted therein. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. 25 Rev 07-2014 Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F". B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of any tier. C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination provisions required by applicable federal and state law. D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must be approved by the Owner. E. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I) 2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors (Form II) 3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Foil III) 4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form IV) This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. 26 Rev 07-2014 F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows: Carpenters 4.8% Electricians 14.1% Laborers 7.8% Masons 2.8% Painters 25.7% Plumbers 5.9% Sheetmetal Workers 4.0% G. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Form III) on a monthly basis. The Prime Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such forms shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.08 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Dustin Sutherland) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 27 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub - Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached "Contractor Perfoiniance Evaluation", Exhibit 1. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 - Release of Info, iiiation The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 28 Rev 07-2014 he t rrri "Col r ti o recciv d from Cni the tenF University"s r ;search, deve.lcrpnient, n disclose c on da inial iiiftiriilation tea a extent Ilia they require it iii the pita umil a'uthori d by Cor ell University hold all confidential infciriiraticrtf confid ntial information only f subeori:traetors shall require all to ctaiiply with these pr°ovisiii ciir rac,tor requiringtlaeii eo Coiiirrtdto tea defend in ca e suet' sou lit> frofai Cornell niv ,city, n farrlil9 .aurin arid: busi Th ntracioi•shall rant =rscrn; exeelit tea its employes and sttbcontraetaars tri flee ice of thek, duringflee tariff of this Cdiffract and rrr t r° and its subcontractcars shall Cornell University, and shall free inRae te The Contractor tired its caiii deritiril irrfornfation is revealed trust and onlidencc the purpose of this cir eiifploy es tea who hContractcrl` Tree: rneni evltli eae.lf necessary for the aei6riiiston shall be pe issidii before hili is dr beedrrres ieaii relater td its services rendered, hull tiauft uiirera onablywitlihold erne] apply to i iformation yulai ontraa tcir fr°diff third partze esti©ii. l .0 n se df`Owl ierrs Nam lxhe ontrfetor shall prt-airroiiorfal df forts. any date speed' e uaritten authorization i AR1IC fRN " pictures, car other rep advance. df flee avrir� itis, rirrrr ctiii pro rarfi, or other era of tyre Owner a xeeiit: eaii the WIVE S[' w TICAC CONDUCT tcirricll l,Jl employees, and olh of ethical conduct as per Conicll of which is aailalali includes treating eq hrrsiricus with or foi Sue lr parsons and fif ty expects all axe actin auris hebalf 9f ttip;f, ly all persct arae i�rrii ca cir~fir ll lrii +er sty, whether s are respectfully reriaided y not personally ben fit frons fits cor., gratin t1es, defined as f. herds meat dorisicleicd gifts na ure, and i that art: xpcc ii d that tlic ontraet;car fiver sity, to matuta :y"s; Policy 4.6 - standards c -al ecii tidll.eduicontratsiiear t. tly doing Misfire contractors, subcont rft Claircrdll t?rfiversity University`s busines gilt iia exci ss o 75 00 given to ratuities include oecaiciiaal buena ezaezally dstr ibuti d tea ell pcitentirrl ctrstei officers and erritile yells slriill. 'ecariduet all et aical standards, o ervira rflfpli able rl tandards, ill parties rrre> expected tai repo rdr f,ersoii an adv .rtl ac l fitioi, ited to CtiL �' ra t3tatr(aus, latiiis cif this poly I .ft city rrc'a s niver itythrou h T°th ami and profeM to appropriate err' crrltya ;staff tudent i the lrii Best standard nopy ilfieal onduc out uet i•s.efa tli eareeleirr tea do ,eters; ear suppliers, rnployees acid their ps `lay tlie' "druiell err pldycc s meals, items cif y l`iersonnel, thou rriray file a report iia on the eb vgr c i f alga wic�it f rc3_.r n or contactCornel LHIBAI. RI A6N Cc e Fad esce tWINER ARC1t1 ri:C: i' CONTRACTOR FIELD FR CH Calvet' liy q Cowlaets tzt hreys Service New York 1485 PROJL( 1 (Conlin IN1'TIA]i0 DA' 0tav ,rET' i i TRACI NO: CONTRACT T A°T1 are cdirretc to rrr t tl t: f'taldcau iii * chatt;ct iia this 1.,tantr ct: r No. Dena °lpti%rl eferenctx A1a,tauni Sid; d until iitncd by ncrilr Ilraa C wrt ' rrrtl 'i c l'tlu ' i tf'�nttrra rarelir;atcsthet'csuirrt ucliar tttt arljarcttracrrt ora tit;c rt Price rur C nnirac t Ida (i 'ratatruc t Prie lnr titicartwl ^ ttallatirrA (f`cariir et kat-ic' ltricar tfa this lion t Or 1a r as a (C'carati ret Iar°ice) dll be (itrc rt cij {tier t ,aaacij (laraelaanged} lav Ilii; nr.tat ( °rarntra t Prirc) iitulucling dais flan c Ord will be _______ ( ontrucl Tuna $d11 kap l rac,rca ctl cittrutistcli (ttiichangcd) h R Du tu o Sub ..itt ititrl C rar'talalctic,n as rrf'th elate of thi; Chari c Order CRNT;TL LN1VLR1 Y NTl A "d'C:11 OWNER EXHIBIT "A-1" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Division of Facilities Services Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract change orders in conformity with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014. The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Form with all associated back-up documentation. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perfoim the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITIES SERVICES EXHIBIT "A-1" CONSTRUCTION COIN -TRACT CHANGE ORDER REQUEST COR PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. D Name of Contractor/Subcontractor performing Work: DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. DIRECT COST OF WORK: 1 LABOR (Atradi Supporting Dxtunentation) ASSIGNED PERSONNEL OR WORK CREW AL-ITERLAL (Attacb Supporting Dxumentatien) NLATERLAL REQLTRED FOR CRANGE 3 EQIIPMENT (.Aiach Supporting D.ocumeatatim) EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR CHANGE OURLY WAGE RATE PUD HOURS 'ORKED LABOR TOTAL L7NTI PRICE UNIT OF MEASURE REQUIRED UNITS 3,LATERIAL TOTAL U.:NTT PRICE UNIT OF MEASURE REQUIRED U7TIS EQTAPAIINT TOTAL TOTAL COST TOTAL COST TOTAL COST DIRECT COST (SUM I; 2, 3) r.""m 4 ONT_RHEAD AND PROFIT OH&P Rate 5 BOND PRENERM Bond Premium Rate TOTAL COST TOTAL COIN 1RACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE 1".."1 EXHIBIT "B" 0 0 Name of Cot g00 • 0 0 , 0O aU 69 cAl H 0 H isted as a Separate Each Allowance must be 0 0 0 U 0 L) FINAL RELEASE FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions EXHIBIT "C" City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: N W O z 0 0 W -4) L0 v 0 0 0 0 •V 0 (NI O z w 0V f W 2 eC G. 0 111 U AI-rLICATION AND CERT u W d d C z E O O 600000 APPLICATION NO.: w z O CONTRACT DATE: VIA ARCHITECT FROM CONTRACTOR: CONTRACT FOR: ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM CONTRACTOR: 2 . Net change by Change Orders N 3. CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 1 0 a ARCHITECT'S CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT M M W 8 CURRENT PAYMENT DUE AMOUNT CERTIFIED EXHIBIT "D" 4- Q m DEDUCTIONS ADDITIONS CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY 0 A b 0 a a (.a 0 O 0 AIA DOCUMENT G703 (Instructions on reverse side) ION SHEET CONTINUA • o z ozz 4 fi PERIOD TO: M O v v 0 'O 0 5 v is c 0 0 E 0 v .0 c 0 0 C ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 0. 0 0 C 0 c 0 L .0 L v 0 0 0 0 c E 0 V v EXHIBIT "D" • c c N z oQ w3 X N a zN 2 0 J zv zQ • z Mz . r a< RETAINAGE (IF VARIABLE) RATE) BALANCE TO FINISH (C - G) U o TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (D+E+F) a. MATERIALS PRESENTLY STORED (NOT IN D OR E) D E WORK COMPLETED THIS PERIOD FROM PREVIOUS APPLICATION (D + E) 0 SCHEDULED VALUE DESCRIPTION OF WORK .¢ w0 FZ • c c N z oQ w3 X N a zN 2 0 J zv zQ • z Mz . r a< GUARANTEE Date: EXHIBIT "E" In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) By: Title: (COMPANY) EXHIBIT "F" FORM I C®IENE1IId ILININIER5= CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Amount of Contract: $ Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade: 1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm: 2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services? A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to $ 4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required. A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services Subcontracted Trade Amount Item Amount EXHIBIT "F" FORM I 5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage 6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of total monthly manpower per trade. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage 7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years: MBE or WBE Vendor CONTRACT (Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and WBE vendors: OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER: Name and Title: Date: Signature: 2 EXHIBIT "F" FORM II CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "F" le;0L) [4, 0 0 0 A' .i...:: 'F , c., , n -9 Trr L.,.., V:110TIt'' ..Ameritam iadjaz „ Employee Til Number Ala;lkim Native ..,1"7burE. Em.710Ye'i eeme3tnge of Total Haus Hours mme Ma:e. Female L-""' Hours 1 . 9 0, ,i.• ;'2,4 P ''. ' ,z, 0 . ..... ,-, 0 L'.1 .1.. t I. IV .A.4 . .:,'0, ,-. ....' rt — A 0 a 0 '07 4 . . . p, *no o ti 1-• 1 ,. . A '...) i., 0 '04 o f.,.1 171 !) ,... .0 p. 0 1A h . asive of a11 st;boaTrct. 0 0 O U Please print or type all i H Ey MINORITY - WOMEN UTILITZATION RE oF E U Dollar Amount of WBE Contract Trade Women Firm Name - Awards O O _i E Dollar Amount of MBE Contract Trade Minority Firm Name - Awards Dollar Amount of Subcontract Craft and/or Trade Prime Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor's Name 1i 111 IT "G" ION D.V112 CONT CTO ON7 Coate lI iif'a Facilities I TERJALS INTO!+ CONTRACTOR: SU `f \T CT+ Ii:ATION ii i'i ' ii tiT eta,: DATE tiarulaeet3 atefiaaslaa^rltc iar 91ae sues° spa°iftt9 ur atcsocati :`t�a11e11 T ruv°�tsit nes ia�}c �it1a rat t tiros ccciid ttttcr; Transfer of"' Ttt ttr'ttacto ireaeby t c tc trlatrs'at° �samt k t tr€war rsltiptfailOtt that riaal tcst`tart tl6 ; tutu pa xnet7t ttita c t f'trrata`r 1 c £tsr 1]rr oirsu a f _ • - ._ °scatroar for f�iRrr�aat< Atte f'a�n ted It iral rims 11.1c Jrrt co�1r�ziei irasgrallaatit as Rt3tt HTT Surtirtlary h P 1 1 ° . ,ROO RENOVATI NS ORNIIS ERSITY f A A, NEW YORK ANCa1 ' 2t), 24417' TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS 2 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 1 1.3 WATER USE RESTRICTION 2 1.4 PARKING 2 1.5 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 3 1.6 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3 1.7 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS 4 1.8 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 5 1.9 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC 5 1.10 STAND DOWN DATES 5 1.11 WORKING HOURS 6 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 6 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 6 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.6 PROCEDURES 3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL 3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1 JANUARY 20, 2017 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 PROCEDURES 1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS 1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS 2 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 JANUARY 20, 2017 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE 1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 2 1.4 PRODUCT DATA 3 1.5 SAMPLES 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS 5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 5 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 8 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 9 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS 11 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS 11 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 11 1.13 DISTRIBUTION 12 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 13 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN 1 1.3 ASBESTOS 2 1.4 LEAD 3 1.5 SITE VISITS 3 1.6 CONFINED SPACE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 2 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2 1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION 2 1.7 DUST CONTROL 2 1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3 1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 4 1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4 1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 JANUARY 20, 2017 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1 1.2 INSPECTIONS 1 1.3 COMPLIANCE 2 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 2 1.3 DEFINITIONS 2 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 17 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION 1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS 2 1.4 TESTING 3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 JANUARY 20, 2017 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3 2.5 SUPPORTS 3 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 5 2.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 5 2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 5 2.10 SECURITY 5 2.11 FIELD OFFICES 5 3.0 EXECUTION 5 3.1 PREPARATION 5 3.2 GENERAL 6 3.3 REMOVAL 6 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1 2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION 2 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 3 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 REMOVAL 3 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 1 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 JANUARY 20, 2017 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE 1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE 2 1.5 PROTECTION 3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.4 WARRANTIES 4 2.0 PRODUCTS 4 2.1 MATERIALS 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSPECTION 4 3.2 PREPARATION 5 3.3 PERFORMANCE 5 3.4 CLEANING 7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INSPECTIONS 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1 JANUARY 20, 2017 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 4 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 2 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 1 1.3 RECORDING 1 1.4 SUBMITTAL 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 JANUARY 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. The project is located at the home of the Phi Sigma Sigma sorority at Cornell, 14 South Ave. in Ithaca, NY. The subject spaces for this project include three existing restrooms which are in a stacked arrangement from the 151 to the 3`d level of the facility. In addition to these three stacked restrooms, a fourth restroom on the 3' level is being renovated as part of this project, which includes ADA accessibility improvements. 2. The renovations of each space will generally keep the current configurations. The individual bathroom on the 3rd level that is being improved to meet ADA standards has the greatest amount of re -configuration. Each space will be renovated to upgrade the aesthetics including updated finishes, new tile, new sinks, new light fixtures, new toilets and showers, better storage units, new doors and frames, etc. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. Concurrent / Future Work: 1. Asbestos abatement (if required). C. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG): 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including coordinating any scheduling associated with the Project. 2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the Contractor's bid. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS A. The Contractor shall receive, unload, store and install Owner furnished equipment as shown on the plans and called for in the Specifications. B. Storage 1. Upon written acknowledgment by Contractor of receipt in proper condition, the Contractor shall maintain responsibility for proper storage and protection of the equipment. Provide insurance for the Owner -furnished products up to the time of Final Acceptance by the Owner. C. Receiving and Unloading 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for logging in, checking and verifying receipt of items and shall be responsible for confirming that the quantities and condition of the materials are appropriate for installation and the completion of the Work of the project. 2. The Contractor shall note any damage and/or short count on the Bill of Loading for any Owner Furnished Equipment received at the storage facility, such listing of damages or short count being required to establish the Owner's potential claim against the carrier. The Contractor shall also notify the Owner directly on any such damage and/or short count. 3. Unload Owner Furnished Equipment at the job site using necessary care and equipment as required to handle the equipment in a safe manner 4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers necessary to handle, receive and install Owner Furnished Equipment. 5. Install Owner Furnished Equipment as called for in the Drawings or in these Specifications. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK D. Installation 1. Install products in conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Provide interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation work, finish painting, and appurtenances to achieve a complete and functional system. E. Use of Materials 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of Owner provide materials in an efficient manner in accordance with industry standards and best practices to reduce waste materials. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERS Ithaca, New York CTION 0 4 00 ..� RESTRICTIONS IC TI SECTION t 1 14 EI0 VO STRICTIONS RELATEDI EN rra rra aii i en rr t prraS rsr 7rts ci]" t1ic "¢ .:aaratr a to ivis1C7r1 l pecif eation sections, alalaly t this ectirrrt e I NT ACT II I USE OIOF PR All traffic rind pcdcstr Uniform Traffic Co pter 4' {New ]true i ar7d rculatitirs, eftrdin Goner it Condit' a ns' rrrt control rr3easur'ccs teats] eve for st: 'k Supplernent). (1rt be compliant a pith the Nat arta an u l ar t a d; Ii ra ( 1J"CC"l)) and 7 NYC a°ru.rlm+ r rI( tit tl �zrzaf Ali her local re Contract ar shall earr y on t rpilot i to laedestr°ian and veh lre rlt shall e sc]r duled and laet-1orrracd irr su r a r anner `that al least trrae l rrte of :trftle ill lre ra aintairrtd on ala]ir street`s. 1s o tial leer°s rrs ecrrilapecl it]a radio rrrtrrrrrrrie ticrrr di pie s, rrmust 1 provided for any tr ti Pity lt]crckin traffic lane. 01re lane f t ap e rzrust [ rrrttintained at all titrras. a`lrer°e Eraffic> rarest etas; trlaen trenches, the aarttraetor slrttll prors%ide snit l l l tud es tttl a d pedestrian bod es. "crrrt'rttetcara slrrll rraaittttr]rr " rrrinimtrrrr i re la.rr aeccss, Contractor shall post and rig per°s rrrs anal sttitahle suns irrd catirr trarctitart olaor'ttirrrrs Lire under way and crthar arnin i rrs as may be required. The Conti shall of rtrrcl the arse lay the publi.c cl t ra r of all djac n' highwa s. rtrtrclaa ay:s rind fo itlaatlrs grad deall eor cartl-r to all la,oncerning the use thereof, espec ly limit tticrrrs car trzrlit artd EIt rrroerrrent oaf henry eclrrilrrrr,orrt. Access tc~i the sits for deli Pery oaf etrrrstru ticart rraaterial trrtclJcrt eq rrifarrrerrt shall tre nrtrde'crarly at tlrr locations shois r in the t crritrac:t'l cora errs, ar-app ro cd by `tlac Ownerps Repres rrtaliic. T] he Corrtrttc.E rr alta]] rant e e =ery eil >r tarec p di i and debris aking its way c roadways, - "IlreC'carrtrtretiar shall inn n diately r'crarcr Fe dirt bard debris high may collect cin permanent rcradaar ys r-itre to the -1d E lre t :crntrtrctoe etreli lrrrtit the e tent f' its a ti hies tr, that aretr cit tlrc lite c CorttrFtrct l tq irr s tae laeirr vithin tlr.e Crrrrtr' ct t irrr t 1 irze . PIII SIG IA SI . A., IIA"I"I I JOM RENOVATI0 NS RK llll , RIC `I'I NS CORN tlI 4 00 WORK RES R1CTIONS l or tlxgat portion of the W rk requiredtinder this on .1c vvlxictx rx brst be pc fo ifx Ctlxer that fixe defined areas both crr site trxd off inelrrcling operations involving d ar d rcrxicrval of rrrafer°irrls, t%Contractor shall schedule tend r c drrlirxrrtd it activities tlrrntr a the .t °rear-\ R prey ft t:ivxe, to meet fl"rr: pl ro al i'tlre OwOwner arrcl r irfirxrl t disrsu tion of fix rxc�r ixal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent apauusa t is ttae Ownor" s e pec tt tion it t the Contra tnr vv ill take pi omeasure t rxxirririri d larxia e ea rued by ecrnstrrrctron a ctiviti s itxetudirx ,fent rxrrt lirtxifed ttr, f}xe trs of personal ifts, rxaater°ial handlingdcluipnient, crri�site rriaterial store ,etc.All pt rtion ;orf` tlyd' site, . rxcttrding id re stain ; area and fl xtrse areas at 't by the work be returned to their rri ina.l condition afte°rr cornpletiion k, repair vvrrrk shall include tirwit estoraticxrx and reseeding, if're ttired, nd shrill lie included in tlre't"nn ra tor's vrarant e of K. Rorates to and fiorxr flay to ation of flieWorkindicated irx the (`oi?traet dire eted lad flxe C?r7n r°'s Represented 1 rxapcxrary r'oradways lxall l� elos d only prior ar°civtrrl of Owner' opr° s t atin e: ` ER USE RESTRICTION l'1xr Corxtr etcrr' slxirli rxdlxere tea any Lim tinxe of corxstr rac tion Own r" rxray desif?rxat atr trr tr l ?r p a in cr1 essctrxr.irrl Ctr rrctrrr vol-riel trrxtr"adtrrr s1t 11 txxtr all ari"arz crtaerxts, and bear the cosi, l r° raraslxox tic ri r f all a ade xrxs from the desiprxrrlcd par°l irx area to the const action site as necessary. It slxtrrftd be noted at tlxere is r lee f ri ala txailcirx rrtr. tlxe Cornell University eaixxt us, The: O.-toris rc spcirxsital fcrr flx prrylxx rxt for trl] parking costs lin ed by afro f nc r. The Corxti'aetoi slrotrld cont rot tlx l rote Sutherltrrtd) i or addit c rxal intorixxatacrri. [he 'crrx r°rr tor 11 be'"icluir•ed to tot iptete it -New C onslr'uetit ri t;rnptljyee orni " Eric rivlr leer°writ rcttr6estcd, 7"tiffs i`txrrax rxxay found a l a r �lamr�aare l c0 nell. cltr c cfrr, i rets'ii rrxrs:'crir°rtsrret t°s.c:tlrrrt ttractcrr trail cooperasportaticrrx Services and/tor- other ip rtlroritics ving sdictinrr rrs 1.cstl x vs sure par°l iir by rill erxrplr yccr.1` the t� c�ntrrxi tor, srrlxecxrrtr° icer s, iixritc a°ici[ srrlx}i d other's _ .onrxectcrl vitlx this project rxrx y rvitl in cnrtstrtrrt irn f'cr ct of signated liar°l int area. pinyees fl-crr x parking in at crflxer` a eas, roe I isclr<r r array enplo-efus ng to eoegwrei IIat ASIC AT'IIROOM 1 ENO VA'I'' RES wI "nONS 0 14 t§ CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. E. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.5 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. 1.6 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. PHI SIGMA SIGMA WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.7 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. PHI SIGMA SIGMA WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.8 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY". The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. 1.10 STAND DOWN DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. PHI SIGMA SIGMA WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement Weekend • Saturday, May 27, 2017 • Sunday, May 28, 2017 b. Reunion Weekend ▪ Saturday, June 10, 2017 ▪ Sunday, June 11, 2017 2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & demolition restrictions but otherwise work as usual): Friday, May 26, 2017 Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Thursday, Friday June 8 - 9, 2017 Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Friday, June 9, 2017 Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon 1.11 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS — APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word "products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items", "equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS b. Non -restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "provide products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL Ithaca, New C. D. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. B. C. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution (1) is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; (2) will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; (3) will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and (4) will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-7 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such infonnation is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS PRODUCT OPTIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 0131 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least ten (10) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Contractor's Project Site Specific Plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Commissioning Agent, as appropriate to agenda 6. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 7. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 8. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Building Commissioning 14. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 15. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 16. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre -installation conferences where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub -consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI's, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. B. Submit a list of pre -installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 — Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e -PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor's proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability PHI SIGMA SIGMA ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT BATHROOM RENOVATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM 01 31 50-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to BFI's, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre - construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor's exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. PHI SIGMA SIGMA ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT BATHROOM RENOVATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM 01 31 50-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL Ithaca, New I. J. K. L. M. N. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 0131 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non -Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management — Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Q. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. PHI SIGMA SIGMA ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT BATHROOM RENOVATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM 01 31 50-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT BATHROOM RENOVATIONS (ePM) SYSTEM 01 31 50-4 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Fonnat of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site utilities b. Structural framing PHI SIGMA SIGMA CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 0132 16-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE c. Subcontractor work d. Equipment installations e. Finishes 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 0132 16-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 0132 16*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 32 16-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph via the ePM system. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to the ePM system. 3. Submit image files to the ePM system within five (5) days of taking photographs. 4. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. B. Closeout Submittals 1. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the work and submit via the ePM system and in CD format. Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. PHI SIGMA SIGMA PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS DOCUMENTATION January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0132 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 0132 33*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS DOCUMENTATION January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 5. Coordination Drawings 6. Certification of Asbestos free products B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information: 1. Title 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers 3. Subsection 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable 7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule 8. Date due from Subcontractor 9. Date due to be submitted for review 10. Date due for submittal review to be completed 11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor 12. Date for material or product delivery to project 13. Priority. Low, normal or high 14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect's Duties below. C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document". 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 33 00-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document". 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document". 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 0133 00-6 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire - protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-7 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-8 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 0133 00-9 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-10 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Commissioning Agent in electronic format. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1 Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 33 00-12 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-13 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project's PSSP. 1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University's expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan's that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e -Builder for review and comment. B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner's Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn -around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner's Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall's Office and Contract College's Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS & SAFETY January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP's are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project's PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor's original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code -§202.2). 3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University's Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University's subject matter expert. 1.3 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Based on the above, disposal of asbestos containing material is not anticipated. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS & SAFETY January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.4 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.5 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.6 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL HEALTH 01 35 29-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS & SAFETY January 20, 2017 CORNELL UN1A 4J2SITY Ithaca, NYork SECTION 01 35 29 HEALTH & SAFETY Corr-tel*u1 CON OR, Ct F" TOS ON . TNIA ON ; ; , FOR: DATE DA T.. ViVilf jadr u " pct Neve . rtd for Co ca ecale Data ibrd a s before Cornell University ity Environmental. Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SP (:I 'I+ : PLAN (PSSP) TIS9 CN TMP (acaterzai llealtll & Srrfety, Section 01 35 29 requires contractors to submit .t Site Specific Platt (PSSP) fo y Cornell University r°e.pre:scnta.tive, before commencement of work on the site. `l'lte should address site specific controls, information and or requirements as it relates to the contractor's secl or �.:orr Project Name Project Address Mobilization Dote Project Hours Contract T clue Project Description/Scope of Contr work. Subcontr•s PI' Weal, E. rico!, :Pior Name (Res l>oats'We (,)n Site l'er°son(s e« rrxractaar• A,1r° +trtacon. I rider, in rhe Concrratc�, Stec E Phonc c of Work Description: Package Scope of Work Description: iption: itibcontraactor or Subcontract I'rckatie Scotte of 4r4°'Grl ontr - Subcontract Package Seine o :ontr 11 tr 'or•k Descripti ackac. Scope of Work Description: hcontraet wP ckat tt Se ape of Work Description: ntractor° or Subcontract Package Scope of Work Des .1 ion: acl:;rje Scope of N'1'or°k Description: ri Prior to coirinicncL 1'1Cllr OI-5vork it%li girl _._..—_.. tut cin.l.°ain cal fn�li,LLI sit f''Carrr(ril University Environmental Health and Safety PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSS ) 11S9CN 'I" P The sing table indicates tli.ose activities that nrtia ^ rLquire a SEPARATE plan, in addition in the PSSP. Pleas indicate whether these activities are applicril lr to your proiect, keeping FHS abreast r?f' upcoiniug i ASBESTOS ABATEMENT SiylE: 1PP Asbestos Project Coordinator I1:,'l~E CRANE(s) ACTIVITIES E: OII.SI P Plain should include z► rnitritiiurrt of #lac foIlowing; A detailed description and an aerial diagram of the crane's scope of work. The Date otTrane Activities, Contractor(s) performing crane activities, Manufacture/Model of Crane, C'ontractor's Assembly/Disassembly Director, Assenbly/Disasserirbiy Area►, Crane Pad Location(s), Boom's Swing Radius, Load's Path of Travel, Occupant Control Measures, Pedestrian Control Measures, Traffic Control Measures, schedule of items to be hoisted, their weight and au. other critical information specific to the crane activities. • Multiple crane site scenarios shall be explicitly addressed in the plan. • Provide a copy of the Contracted Crane Operators NYS Crane Operators License. • Provide a copy of the Contractors' Qualified Rigging and Signal Person training certificates. .All plans) should be subrni :anticipated arrival date. EXCAVATION(s) GREATER I'1.1AN OR ,+C, !UAL TO 20 FEET IN DEPTH SME: OiiSIP A Deep Excavation Plan should include sa minimum of the following; • How will the Cornell community be protected from the excaavaation(s), excavating equipment and haul truck activities, if applicable xcavation(s) location, depth, soil classification and on site competent person Contractor's Engineered Protective System (description, diagran►(s) and or i ng(s); days prior to the Crane's Trod shall be compliant with OSII,A's 1926 Subpart 1' Excavations Excavation(s) Less than 20 feet in depth are to be addressed in the contractor's PSSP, if applicable. EAI) WORK PI.,AN at E: 011SIP 'he Lead Work. Plan should include a rnininru►n of the following, tory the contractor will meet the requirements of OSHA 1926.62 "Lead Ln '(instruction Standards". the contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occirliarats building structure based an their selection of means and methods, nd the NTERRUPTIO.N OR CLOSURE OF' ROAD' r'A'4'(s) ANI) OR'.PARKiNC LCT(s) iPP Transportation Service-, University Eire spud 01ISI1' 'Ire Temporary Traffic Control Plan should include a minimum of the following;; An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's traffic control measures. Control treasures must be complaint with NYS Building [Aides, NYS Eire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the. NYS Department of Transportations and ADA regulations. 'All impairments to Emergency Vehicle Access Lanes must be reviewed by the inivcrsitball's Office. Form I IS9) C N TMP N9:Iinwin for (lur:ttion of proj_L:t. l" work Wain on prui Corn l] LJn.i Environmental Health and Safety STRUCTURAL OI ITION SME: OIISIP Demolition Plan to Inelude al minimum of; PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSS1') 11S9 CN TMP • Provide ,an aerial diagram, description of pltur, engineered drawings and how the contractor will provide protection of persons passing by l)emolitotl A.ctivitics.. • Dust Control Procedures throughout demolition *Non-structural demolition is to be addressed in PSSP, if slpplicahle. INTER tUPTION OR CLOSURE OF SRIEWALK(s) 011 PEDESTRIAN THOROUGHFARES SME for Sidewalks; IPPTransportation Services. University Fire Marshall and oiiSII' t'he Temporary Pedestrian Control Plan should include a minimum of; • An aerial diagram or construction drawing illustralting the contractor's peel control n'Ieasures. Control measures must be complaint 'With NYS Building Codes, NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Width Code Rules, and the NYS Department of Transportations and ADA rcgula.tions. All ittr, nttr' aencv Vehicie Access Innes mna he reviewed by the I'ni,cu.siIv 1^ire Starslntll' tatlrntcoafis tat r:... �,...�..,. NTERRUPTION OR CLOSURE OF A BUILDING'S PATH EGRESS ANI) OR ! ALLWAY(s) Buildings iud Sidewalks; Codes .Enforcement [)1''iiciatl SI11E for Buildings: University. Fire Marshall The Tentponii' Btrildin ; Egress Control Plan should include a minimum of • A floor plan or construction drawing illustrating the contractor's pedestrian control measures, Control measures must be complaint with NYS Building Codes, NYS Fire Codes, NYS Safety & Health Code Rules, and the NYS Department of `transportations and ADA regulations. OTHER OR n format i Campus:, iversit; Police Dept.. and Services 1011c 911 Or .07-255-1111 c. Nine 1 Belo, NA Nene 1 : Phones Itattidc ar'I"t'he6t17 arell code will reeei' c the, ctnrrkest emergency respt lispuleli i d 117 Statler Street. Cit Barton Flan Ithaca, NY 14853 cd directly at 6(17.255.111 L Off Ithaca Campus; ,oval Pollee Dept. and :rarer wic3• Services ccllpational Medical Frlcility ec Note 2 below e 2: Aunch orcogtwtionad N tl l: ona! Eni senor _:.._,t._._.-. i 1 L) for eon! tearl lslcllity too on taatd darcctittaas me tit In a Inau is 'or ct.. flio#:ul Emergency? (n Forth HSi) Fl ILY l Ivo: ant.Yit1 for cltbratlion talprcajcc;1. riirr [ft et:tmnuncctrlc°otl of.a hit bii vita c_13tiiIcier, Ill:llll fill t>a't1let t ' tiIt Cornell Unir ear]ts Environmental Health and Safety Muster Area: Lightening/Sev P1 OJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN (PSSP) 7770777 7.N TMP Fire"Emergency: Insert Additu tlarocc'cl1017's to foilow in tlr ualfon fir" !'r?rt'r', C'ra v t Jrr crcT($ lur c t() / riloi+' 111 1Fr ('nrrr p or w:'•rerE:' Y1'EP!'TtJr �1 t3rt)C'c'c1ur•t;'s trr f /lr ti er, �crrr y, Prrrcc�xlt The University Fire Marshall provides guirlrt website at lrtt a.s;�!s r„r, lte,'c',ar`rrr ll.c^rlxx. reg °'ir°t _,5 1nes 70 /(JIIUu' Tr'r end errrethe Olive 's EIYS /Pt rlc 77 • (insert site sl ctcr ct requirement here) • (Insert site specific requirement here) • (Insert site: spec& • (insert site specr,( • (Insert site spec!f • E.,r~ ErrrpIoyees, requirement here) requirement here) regttirerrtexat here) hem tractors and Visitors arc' rcritrirecl to canrpfute Site Orientation prior to their° 11 .flr:S't day's (Work on theprofec 15kV overhead power lines run parallel to Cornell Street. Self-propelled mobile equipment and all other construction activities must maintain a rrrxxxixrxrxrxt r lexrrarrecr xlistarrc efy.10 fret rrt cxll tixrres. E HOW will the Contractor” provide protection of persons passing by Construction,. Demolition or E eavatirar s ert deserip (Please include a diagram or rletfrl means and rrrcthods t!J protc'et the Con C'untract Project hayariA throughout the dura Project E.g. 6/t. It'csrrce, Temporary !=full Parii .571011`Fe°nce, Sideai^ulhSIu equallyc//ex/n•f' means_.) an•d diagram here or attach at end of PSSP) I'iaaintain laar duration of 1,drrri1, Sigrrngt' ns, Barrier If'rtI t17d/0r other Et) al 1-, 5 ..,„ V ',."' 0 ,.. ti, 0 5 75 • 5 0 5 4 , 5., ,t, 0 cl. ,,,,, El ,y„, vs0 0 ›.-, 0 0_, 0 5 .= O 5 0 z E ....., E 0 0 — -.9 t=5E . 2 VQ . = z ,z, .74 0 0 • 0., 0:0—,,,0,,,,,,,L,, 2 0 O 0 0 *sees .00 * 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 0 6 6 6 6 6 • 'TV 0 O 6 6 6 6 16 0 * 0 :3 N (I? 5 E 5 ,.,E5252,50.5= ° E ,„L,"4 D„ .4..q Cornell University Limited Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey Report Performed for the 14 South Avenue Phi Sigma Sigma House (4724) Bathroom Renovations Project Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus Prepared for: Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, NY 14853 Prepared by: ADELTA r:NOIMCU S. AKGHYTERrTS, A. LAND. SUIGVr::vouS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Phone: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 Delta Project No. 2016,078.209 Cornell Work Order No, 9464133 Field work performed by: Thomas P. Ferro, December 20, 2016 Report prepared by: Thomas Ferro Report reviewed by: Stephen Prislupsky ADELTA ;RCHSr Sf & RANO SURVEYORS .0 INTRODUCTION .. TABLE OF CONTENTS ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS ........ .....5 SUFRVEY FINDINGSAND CONCLUSIONS.,:2 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS Appendix A, ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE REPORT FORM .......::. .. .: . 14 Appendix , LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS ..W, Appendix C, DELTA ENGINEERS, COMPANY AND PERSONNEL CERTIFICATIONS;.,.. 16 Appendix ID, LABORATORY CERTIFICATIONS.W, ,,..,...7 Appendix E, SAMPLE LOCATION !DRAWINGSt,.18 Appendix F, CoRNELL4D DATABASE SAMPLE RESULTS ......... .... ........ew..........9 Appendix G, PHOTO 860 Hooper Road Ip NY 6370 7 16a07. 1.60 19x; 007.2 ;1,665 uv� +.de to eas c r /DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCH/SECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS iNTRODUCTION: 860 Hooper Road EndweLl, NY 13760 Ti 607,23 L6600 Fax807,231.6850 www.delta-eas,com Delta Engineers, Architects, 84 Land Surveyors (Delta) was contracted by Cornell University to provide a Limited Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey at the 14 South Ave. Phi Sigma Sigma House (Building 4724) in support of the upcoming Bathroom Renovations Project. The Survey included Bathrooms 10020, 20020, 30020 and 309D (and closet 309CA) and addressed all accessible suspect building materials in these spaces with the potential to be impacted by the upcoming Project. The Bathroom addressed as a part of this Survey were based on a review of the 95% Submission. Drawing Set (dated 12/07/2016) and project scope information as detailed by the Cornell Project Manager Dustin Sutherland. The initial stage included a review of Corriell 4D Database information for the Building. Cornell 4D Database information for suspect materials have been incorporated into this Survey and associated Survey Report where applicable, Please reference Appendix F for the Cornell 4D Database information. On December 20th, 2016, Delta Certified Inspector Thomas Ferro conducted a walkthrough of the Bathrooms to identify the various suspect materials present. Based on a visual inspection of the affected rooms areview long with a of the referenced drawing set and existing sample information, a total of thirty-nine (39) bulk samples were collected representing seventeen (17) separate suspect homogenous building materials, Sixteen (16) of the samples collected were rion-friabie organically bound (NOB) representing seven (7) homogenous materials. The remaining twenty- three (23) samples were "Non-NOB's" representing ten (10) homogenous materials. The suspect accessible homogenous building materials identified and/or sampled in the affected Bathrooms included the following: Homogenous Area (HA) 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Suspect Building Material Sheetrock Joint Compound Top -Coat Plaster Base -Coat Plaster Sink Counter -top Caulk Shower Stall Caulk Grout/Mudset from 2" x 2" Gray Ceramic Floor Tile Grout/Mudset from 1" x 1" White Ceramic Floor Tile GroutiMudset from 2" x 2" White Ceramic Floor Tile Grout/Mudset from 4" x 4" White Ceramic Wall Tile Grout/Mudset from 4" x 4" Blue Ceramic Wall Tile Grout/Mudset from 4" x 4" Tan Ceramic Wall Tile 12" x 12" White w/ Gray Floor Tile Mastic from HA 13 12" x 12" White w/ Gray Floor Tile Mastic from 6" Non -Suspect Vinyl Cove Base Mastic from 2" x 2" Gray Ceramic Cove Base ADELTA ENGINEERS, S, rCrt` x, & LAND SURVEYORS Homogenous Area HA 17 u ect Buildin aterial 8&) Hooper r oad ndwell, NY t X760 Tel: 60T, 3 .6600 Fax: 60723t8650 delta-eas,c� Black Paper Wrap frm nen-suspect fiberglass pipe insulation Hard -Packed Fitting Insulation from DCW, DFIVV & Hot-water Heating Homogenous Area included in the Cornell University 4D Database.. Specific information required by 12 NY RR Part 56-5.1 „ "Building/ t u tute Asbestos survey Information" to be included in this pre -renovation report is s follows: 1) Buildio., Name/Address: 2) Owner's Name/Address: Phi Sigma Sigma House (Building 4724) 14 South Avenue theca, NY 14853 Cornell Univ r ity Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 s1Owner 's Agent: r. Dale Hounht urvy Performed By: ,. Delta Engineers, Architects, 860 Hooper Road Fndw ll, NY 13780 certified Inspectors: Thomas P. Ferro CertificateN -1 `1328 6) Date of Survey::: December 20th, 2016 d u eyo 7) L b r t ry Amer ca Science Team New York, Ino, 117 East 30th Street, New York, NY 10016 1.1._ DELTA ENWNEERS, ARCM EVE'S, & LAND SURVEYORS 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS: 21 Survey requirements 360 Hooper Road Endweg. NY 13760 let 607.231,3600 Fax 607 231.6650 www.dega-oas,com Requirements to perform Pre-IDernolition/Pre-Renovation Asbestos Surveys are based on the following State and Federal Regulations. Occu ational Safet and Health Administration (OSHA): OSHA survey requirements and sampling protocols are included in 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j)(2) & (J)(8) and 29 CFR Part 1926.1101(k),(5): 29 91 &1001 2 Iristalled Asbestos •ntainin Material: Employers and building otIVIVIS are required to treat installed TS1 and sprayed on and troweled -on surfacing materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for PIILPoses of this standard. These materials are designated "presumed ACM or PACM, and are defined in paragraph (b) of this section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also must be boated as asbestos -containing, The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (J)(8)(iii) of this section. 29 CFR P 1910.1001 8 riteria to rebut the desi nation of installed 171: terial as PACM: 1910.10010)()(0 - At any time, an employer andior building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard that PACM does not contain asbestos, Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (f)(8)(10 of this section has been made. However; in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section. 1910,10010(8)0 - An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain asbestos by the following; 1910.1001(0(8)00(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no ACM is present in the materiel; or 1910.10010)(8MM - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the merinordescribed in 40 CFR 763.86 The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by poisons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing pmgmtn such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National ',Istituto for Standards and Technology (HIST) or the Round Robin for hulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally -recognized round robin testing program. 1910 1oo10(8)0o The empioyer andior building ownermay demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. 29 CFR Part 1926.11 1 k 5 Criteria a ra a t Me desi nati n installed material as PA 1926.1101(k)(5)(0 At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(10 of this section has been made, However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysts supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section. 1926.1101(k)(5)(11) —An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain more than 1 percent asbestos by the following: 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii)(A) Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requitomarits of AHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F) which demonstrates that the material is not ACM; or /1JELTA ARCHITECTS, & LAND 5URVEYORS it0Hooper I' d En 41,NY1376 TeL 607231,6600 x;-807,2 1.6851 .depte'"ees.,fi. FT1. 1926 01(k)(5) w Performing tests of the trratorial crrntairring PA llr1 which deronstrete that no ACM is, present ilii the material: Such tests shall irrcltide analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests; evaluation and sample collection shall ba conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH, Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Proram (NVLAP) or the National institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the Ameroan industrial Hygiene Association (A1HA) or an equivalent nationally recognized round robin testing program. 1926.1101 (k)(:) iii) - The employerand/or building own r may d t onstrate to thatlcc�rirrtd rt eters including asso rraastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a date in to of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the anterial is not ACM. EPA National iions Standard or Hazardous Ait olut NESHAP (NESHAPs) regulates asbestos under '40 CFR Part 61, Subpa Nation l Emission Standard for Asbestos". Subpart M regulates demolition and/or renovation of "facilities" that may contain asbestos -containing materials (ACMs), "Facilities," as defined by NESHAPs, includes any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or residential structure or building, except residential buildings having four or fewer units. ACMs are defined in NES APS as materials containing more than 1 percent asbestos. Section 61145_tte: 6 .4 Standard for demolition and renovation. (a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragrplr. '(a. or operator of'a demolition or renovation activity and prior to the or, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where th for the presence of asbestos, including Category 1 and Category// n b), and () of this section apply to the twra encement of lira demo l tion or renovation, lerrtolition or renovation aperati n will occt friable ACM. It should be noted that 40 CFR Part 1 Subpart M, NESHAPS has no cut-off date exempting survey requirements, New York State Department of Labor (NYS DOL): Guidelines followed for the inspection are those established by the NYS DOL Industrial Code Rule 56 Kited as 12 NYCRR Part 56, as amended, adopted January 11, 2006; effective September 5, 2006). The specific survey, sampling and reporting requirements included in 12 NYCRR Part 56-5,1(e) —"Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements" include: .1 Asbestos Survey Requirements Renovation, Remodeling and Repair or uildi /Structure Demolition, 0 () Asbestos Survey Required. An owner or n owner`s agent, except the owner of one and two- family dwellings who contracts for, but does not direct or control the work, shall cause to be conducted, an asbestos survey completed by a licensed asbestos contractor using inspectors certified in compliance with Section 56-3.2(d), to determine whether or not the building or structure, or portion() thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work, contains ACM, PA IL or asbestos material. This asbestos survey shall be completed and submitted as indicated in Subdivision (g) of this Section, prior to commencing work. All such asbestos surveys shall be conducted in conformance with the requirements of Subdivision (e) of this Section. f '� TEL rl,tt� TA RC a LAND SIJIIVEYORS Iooper Road rid roll, NY 13760 Tel: 607. 31,6600 Fax: 601,231J5660 �v,delt� 8i�tl Exemptions to Asbestos Survey Requf re Subdivision (a) of this Section shall not be requi structures: (1) An agricultural building; (2) Buildings or structures for which original construction commenced on or after January 1 1974; structure certified in writing to be structurally unsound by a licensed Professional Engineer, Registered Architect, Building Inspector, Fire Inspector or other official of competent jurisdiction. (See Section56-11.5) lit a: The asbestos survey required by this red for the following clue of buildings or }Building/ tructure Demolitio ,, If a building/structure asbestos survey i not required or performed per Subdivision (b) of this Section, and the building/structure i certified to be unsound or slated for contracted demolition, the building/structure shall be assumed to contain asbestos, and shall be demolished per this Part, unless the building/structure is adequately certified to be free of asbestos containing material. Acceptable documentation for certification shall be a previous thorough building/structure asbestos survey, abatement records or other documentation acceptable to the CoCommissioner or his or her representative. d) Responsibility to Comply. No exemption to the requirement to conduct an asbestos survey shall exempt any person, asbestos contractor, property owner or business entity from the inspection or asbestos survey requirements of EPA, OSHA, and any other applicable section of this Part (e) ildin 1 truct reAsbestos Survey Requirements. The asbestos survey shall include a thorough inspection for and identification of all PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or to have repair work, The required inspection shall be performed by a certified asbestos inspector, and, at a minimum, shall include identification of ;1PAlt, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material by all of the following methods: (1) The review of building/structure plans and records, if available, for references to asbestos, ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos rr aterial used in construction, renovation or repair; and (2) A visual inspection for PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or repaired. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section -.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including ayered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material: 4 flBuilding/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. 1 The asbestos survey shall, at a minimum, identify and assess with due diligence, the locations, quantities, friability and conditions of all types of installations at the affected portion of the building/structure relative to the ACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, PACM or asbestos material contained therein.. The following list is not inclusive of all types of AMs, it only summarizes typical 7 ADEL TA. 80H..per Road ENY 13760 TeL 607.231.6600 ENGINEERS, ARCIEITSCTS, & LEES SURVEYORS Fax: 607,231.6650 www,d0da-eas.com ACMs. The certified asbestos inspector is responsible for Identification and assessment of all types ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM and asbestos material within the affected portion of the building/structure: PACM (i) Surfacing Treatments: (a) Fireproofing; (b) Acoustical Plaster; (c) Finish Plasters; and (d) Skim Coats of Joint Compound. (ii) Thermal System Instilation: (a) Equipment insulation; (b) Boiler, Breecriirtg, Boiler Rope, Duct, or Tank Insulattion, Cerrierit or Mortar IJsecl for Boilers and Refractory Brick; (c) Piping and Fitting Insulations including but not limited to, Wrapped Paper, Aircell, Millboard, Rope, Cork, Preformed Plaster, Job Molcled Piaster and coverings over fibrous glass insulation, SUSPECT MISCELLANEOUS ACM (i) Roofing and Siding Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Insulation Board; (b) Vapor Barriers; (c) Coatings; (d) Non -Metallic or Non-VVtiod Roof Decking (e) Felts; (t) Cernentititlus Board (Transite); (g) Flashing; (h) Shingles; and (i) Galbestos. (ii) Other Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Dust arid Debris; (b) Floor Tile; (c) Cove Base; (d) Floor Leveler Compound; (e) Ceiling Tile; (t) Vermiculite Insulation (g) Gaskets, Seals, Sealants (including for condensate control); (h) Vibration Isolators; (,) Laboratory Tables and Hoods; Challboards; (k) Pipe Penetration Packing or Other Firestopping Materials Cemerititious Board; (m) Electrical Wire Insulation; (a) Fire Curtains; (o) Fire Blankets; (p) Fire Doors; (q) Brakes and Clutches; (r) !Mastics, Adhesives and Glues; 8 DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, LAND surtvEyoDs (s) Caulks; (t) Sheet Flooring (Linoleum); (u) VVallpaper, (v) iyiva (w) Plasterboard (x) Spackling/Joint Compound; (y) Textured Paint; (z) Grout; (aa) Glazing Compound; and (ab) Terrazzo, 860 Hooper Road EnTweN 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fe: 607,231.0650 wimAlelta-eas.corn (2) AU ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material reported under Paragraph (1) of this Subdivision shall include the location of the materials, an estimate of the quantities, types, friability and condition of the identified materials to be treated and handled as ACM. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multilayered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. (3) The building/structure asbestos survey shall also include the building/structure name, address, the building/structure owner's name and address, the name and address of the owner's agent, the name of the firm performing the asbestos survey and a copy of the firm's current asbestos handling license, the names of the certified inspector(s) performing the survey and a copy of the current asbestos handling certificate for each inspector utilized, the dates of the asbestos survey, a fisting of homogeneous areas identifying which ones are ACM, all laboratory analyses reports for bulk samples collected, and copies of the appropriate certifications for the laboratory used for analysis of samples taken during the asbestos survey. (g) Transmittal of Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. One (1) copy of the results of the building/structure asbestos survey shall be immediately transmitted by the building/structure owner as follows: (1) One (1) copy of the completed asbestos survey shall be sent by the owner or their agent to the local government entity charged with issuing a permit for such demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work under applicable State or local laws. (2) The completed asbestos survey for controlled demolition (as per Subpart 56-11,5) or pre -demolition asbestos projects shall also be submitted to the appropriate Asbestos Control Bureau district office. (3) The completed asbestos survey shall be kept on the construction site will, the asbestos notification and variance, if required, throughout the duration of the asbestos project and any associated demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project. (h) Removal Required, lf the building/structure asbestos survey finds that the portion of the building/structure to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work contains ACM, 9 I D LTA 1 toapor k a d L e I, NY Tet: 607.31 Fax; 807,231. wwws,delta-cos co 760 .600 PACM, suspect miscellaneous AC ed to be Al, or asbestos material, which is impacted by the work, the owner or the owner ° agent shall conduct, or cause to have conducted asbestos removal performed by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material impacted by the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project shall be removed as per this Part, prior to access or disturbance by other uncertified trades or personnel. No demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work shall be commenced by any owner or the owner's agent prior to the completion of the asbestos abatement in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part, For multi -phased work, the access restriction for uncertified trades or personnel applies to each intermediate portion of the entire project. Upo n completion of the intermediate portion of the asbestos project, other trades or personnel may access that portion of the work site. For demolition projects that are exempt from asbestos survey requirements due to being structurally unsound, the demolition is considered an asbestos project and shall proceed as per Section 56-11,5, (1) All building/structure owners and asbestos abatement contractors on a demolition, renovation.,; remodeling, or repair project, which includes work covered by this Part, shall inforrrr all trades on the work site about PACM, ACM, asbestos material and suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM at the work site, 1 Bidding. Bids may be advertised and contracts awarded for demolition, remodeling, renovation, or repair work, but no work on the current intermediate portion of the project shall commence on the demolition, renovation, remodeling or rep irwork by any owner or agent prior to completion of all necessary asbestos abatement work for the current intermediate portion of the entire project, in conformance with alt standards set forth in this Part: %) Unidentified and n ssesed Asbestos. When any construction activity, such as demolition remodeling, renovation or repair work, reveals PI or suspect miscellaneous ACM that has not been identified by the asbestos survey per this Part, or has not been identified by other inspections as per current OSHA or EPA requirements, all activities shall cease in the area where the PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM is found and the Asbestos Control Bureau shall be notified by telephone by the building/structure owner or their representative, followed with a written notice in accordance with the notification requirements ofthis 'Pad. Unassessed PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM shall be treated and handled as ACM and assumed to be ACM, unless proven otherwise by standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; subsequent analyses performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both NYS FLAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. 2.2 Sample Analysis Bulk sample analysis was performed by American ScienceTeam New York Inc., an independent laboratory approved/accredited by the NYS Department of Health (FLAP) the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National VoluntaryLaboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). 10 860 HocJper I oad Endweil, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231:6600 ENNINEENA, ANCINTENTD, LAND SUNNI:NORD raD 607.231.6650 vivuvi,de b-easco m Samples collected duririg the course of this survey fell into one of two categories. The first category includes non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials, These materials are those which have an organic binder in their matrix and include items such as floor tiles, sheet flooring, mastics, glazings, caulks and roofing materials. The second category includes non -NOB "friable" materials including parging, sheetrock, joint compound, wall insulations, and %wallboard. Analysis of all "NOB" materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the New York State Department of Health ELAP 1986.Gravimetric Reduction Methodology. If a given sample was reported as non -asbestos following this analysis, it was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198A Methodology. Analysis of all "nort-NOB" materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLIV1) following the EPA 600/M4182/020 and the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodologies. 2.3 Materials not sampled There were several materials present at the site which were not considered "suspect" by the inspector and were not sampled. These included various fiberglass, foam, vinyl, silicone, woodicellulose products and concrete/cinder block/brick components. DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCINTECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Rod Candwell, NY 13760 Tel 607.231.61300 Fax 607.231.6650 www delta-aaa,com ® SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS 3.1) 14 South Avenue Phi Sigma Sigma House Bathroom Renovations Protect Pre Renovation Asbestos Survey, Non -Asbestos Materials — Based on results from the Cornell 4D Database and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of accessible suspect materials yvithin the 14 South Avenue Phi Sigma Sigma House Bathroom Renovation areas, the following materials were identified as non -asbestos: Flomogenous Area (HA) Non- Asbestos Building Material 01 Sheetrock 02 Joint Compound 03 Top -Coat Plaster 04 Base -Coat Plaster 05 Sink Counter -top Caulk 06 Shower Stall Caulk 07 Grout/Mudset from 2" x 2" Gray Ceramic Floor Tile 08 Grout/Mudset from 1" X 1 " White Ceramic Floor Tile 09 GroutiMudset from 2" x 2" White Ceramic Floor Tile 10 Grout/Nludset from 4" x 4" White Ceramic Wall Tile 11 Grout/Mudset from 4" x 4" Blue Ceramic Wall Tile 12 Grout/Nludset from 4" x 4" Tan Ceramic Wall Tile 13 12 x 12 White w/ Gray Floor Tile 14 Mastic from HA 13 12" x 12" White w/ Gray Floor Tile 15 Mastic from 6" Non -Suspect Vinyl Cove Base 16 Mastic from 2" x 2" Gray Ceramic Cove Base 17 Black Paper Wrap from non -suspect fiberglass pipe insulation 3.2) 14 South Phi Sigma Sigma House Bathroom Renovations Project Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey. Asbestos -Containing Materials — Based on results from the Cornell 4D Database and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of accessible suspect materials within the 14 South Avenue Phi Sigma Sigma House Bathroom Renovation areas, the following materials were identified as being asbestos -containing: Homogenous Area HA Asbestos ContainingMaterial 18* Hard -Packed Fitting Insulation from DCVV, DHW & Hot-water Heating - Homogenous Area included in the Cornell University 4D Database. A breakdown of asbestos -containing materials by Homogeneous Area is as follows: A) Hard -Packed Fitting Insulation, HA 18*: Hard -packed fitting insulation present on the DCVV, DHW and Hot-water Heating Systems at the building were listed in the Cornell 4D Database as being asbestos containing. Although no fitting insulation was observed to be present in the "accessible" bathroom areas, there was no access to the hard ceiling plenum spaces, wet -walls or 12 ADELTA Endwea, NY 13760 360 Hooper Road let. 607.2311.6600 ENGINEERS, ARRESTED S, & LAND SuRVEYORIS Fax.'607.231.6650 wwavaieltareae,corn interstitial wall spaces as a part of this survey and this ACM fitting insulation may be present in these locations, If hard -packed fitting insulation is encountered within bathroom hard ceiling plenum spaces, wet -walls or interstitial wall spaces, it should be considered asbestos -containing. There was no access to the iriterior core material for the existing door slabs that are being removed as part of this project. Based on this, the core material for the affected door slabs must be "assumed" asbestos containing until the Cornell Lock Shop can remove door hardware so the suspect material can be accessed and sampledfanalyzed. 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS This Pre -Renovation Asbestos Survey was limited to ONLY those Bathrooms included in the renovation project. Associated Bathroom spaces and areas which were visible and accessible were inspected and sampled as a part of this survey. Inaccessible areas such as wall cavities, fixed/hard ceiling plenum spaces and enclosed pipe chases/wet-walls were not included as a part of this Survey. Any suspect materials present in areas not accessible or not included as a part of this Survey shall be assumed ACM when encountered, until tested. A A DELT Ho Road dweBp, NYC 760 ISI 807.23 L6600 Fax: 607. 31,6650 www.de ta,e earn Asbes os Bulk Sample Repo Form Q E Road, Endweli, NY 13760 Tel: 607. 2016.078.209 Delta Proj. No Work Order Na.: Sampling Perro es Collected:391 E 0 (13 E z (0 C7) C N N t- 0 0 a. d 9- 0 QI 0 w Gt. 96 13 E z z z z z z z 0 0 zl z z 0 z z z z 0 0 z z 0 z Q z 0 z 0 z 0 z 0 z d z 0 z all, Room 309D Room 20020 [Joint Compound, Room 309D -------- --- eil 0 coU 0) o? C C U 0 (a as z t Compound, Room 0 op Coat, Plaster, Room 309D 0 (U (1) 4 0 Q O. Q m Room 3090 Plaster. Room 20020 Base Coat, Plaster, Room 10020 0 0 Q O N M 0 co C3 0 M C; 8 N CD (f3 0 2016.078.202 - nk Counter Top, Caulk, Room 309D nk Counter Top, Caulk, Room 20020 4 0 Q E nk Counter Top, Caulk 0 CO to QI 2016.078.202 0 er Road, Endwell, NY 13760 TeL 607.231.660 2016.078.209 Delta Prot-. No.: Work Order No.: Client: Cornell Uni ctor: Thomas P. Ferro Sampling Performed: 0E04,.0E z 2 4, z z z Caulk, Room 30020 0 _c 0 2016,078.202 O 0 Z z O o Zi Z O 0 Z Z 03 0 E 0 0 cL D CO CO C.) Q as as (1) as O 0 C U) cD CV 0 0 8 8 z 0 z 0 Z z o 0 0 Z E 0 (.9 ZNI ,_.- _b_; as 0 as QO E E 2 20 2 2 a) (DI::oiz 0 E X LL 0 E a) 0 x x u)-6; (9)7 E E Mo c) 0 eG o Z z O 0 Z z jo E co co 0 0 oo c 0 z z hite Ceramic Floor X 0 0 E 0 cL _ 2 a) 03 0 cr) 0 0 0 z 0 0 (N X 0) o 0 z c‘i 0 a) 0 (f)C'J -0 E n 2 0 CL/ 0 z 0 z 6 hite Ceramic x a) tr) rr E 2 04, 0 z 0 2016.078.202 - 0) 0 0 (0 o 2016.078.209 0) 0 c\I cci (0 0 (NI E 03 u) 63 E er Road, Endwell, NY Work Order No.: Client: Cornell University 0 tes Sampling Performe 0 0 a) 1 s Bulk Sample Report Bulk Sample Descripti 0 z 1 z 0 z V E Q o zI z z E 0 b Ex U7 r= d' X C] L; () N iU }t L7 E Q N Q X • cy Q W o F-rM N Q w= 0 Z 0 Z a z r) Q Z Z 0 0 z 0 z Mastic from HA 13B 0 z 0 z © 0 0 Z z z co U m m a a ZC Z0 • NQ 0 d (o Q co Q 2 et CO r ami0 o Q N c+) X N 4 0 z 0 N LL U a) Li p N co Q N 0E z E ca 2 re0 v C [A a W. 0 Z z Co Qf RJ E 0) IA l ELT FNCHNEERS, ARCHITECTS, a, LAND StifillEYORS APPENDIXB Laboratory Analytical Results ��~ 15 860 Hooper Road 6_—Y 13780 "__' Tel, 607,231.6600 Fax 607 231,6650 wwwaielia-aas coal AMERI SC/ Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk. Asbestos Report Date Received 12/21/16 AmeriSci Job # 216123179 Date Examined 12/21/16 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 7 RE: 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-01A 216123179-01 01 Location: FI. 3 - Room 3090 - Wall - Sheetrock Analyst Description: Brown/White, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 60 %, Fibrous glass 1 %, Non-fibrous 39 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-01B 216123179-02 01 Location: FL 2 - Room 20020 - Soffit - Sheetrock Analyst Description: Brown/White, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 65 %, Fibrous glass 1 %, Non-fibrous 34 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-02A 216123179-03 02 Location: FI. 3 - 309D - Wall - Joint Compound Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-02B 216123179-04 02 Location: FI. 2 - 20020 - Soffit - Joint Compound Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-03A 216123179-05 03 Location: FI. 3 - Room 3090 - Wall - Top Coat - Plaster Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 2 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-03B 216123179-06 No NAD Q3 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Wall - Top Coat - Plaster (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-03C 216123179-07 No NAD 03 Location: FI. 1 - Room 10020 - Ceiling - Top Coat - Plaster (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeria Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-04A 216123179-08 No NAD 04 Location: FI. 3 - Room 309D - Wall - Base Coat - Plaster (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-04B 216123179-09 No NAD 04 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Wall - Base Coat - Plaster (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-04C 216123179-10 No NAD 04 Location: FI. 1 - Room 10020 - Ceiling - Base Coat - Plaster (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-05A 216123179-11 No NAD 05 Location: FI. 3 - Room 309D - Sink Counter Top - Caulk (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White/Pink, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 16.3 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 3 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-05B 216123179-12 05 Location: FL 2 - Room 20020 - Sink Counter Top - Caulk Analyst Description: White/Pink, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 14.5 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-05C 216123179-13 05 Location: FL 1 - Room 10010 - Sink Counter Top - Caulk Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 13.7 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-06A 216123179-14 06 Location: FI. 3 - Room 30020 - Shower Stall - Caulk Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 16.2 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-06B 216123179-15 06 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Shower Stall - Caulk Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 15.6 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-06C 216123179-16 06 Location: Fl. 1 - Room 10020 - Shower Stall - Caulk Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Fibrous Talc Trace, Non-fibrous 15.3 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-07A 216123179-17 No 07 Location: Fi. 3 - Room 309D - Grout / Mud Set - 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey/White, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 4 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-07B 216123179-18 No 07 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey/White, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-07C 216123179-19 No 07 Location: FI. 1 - Room 10020 - Grout / Mud Set - 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-08A 216123179-20 No 08 Location: FI. 3 - Grout / Mud Set - 1" x 1" White Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-088 216123179-21 No 08 Location: FI. 3 - Grout / Mud Set - 1" x 1" White Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-09A 216123179-22 No 09 Location: FI. 2 Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 2" x 2" White Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-098 216123179-23 No 09 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 2" x 2" White Ceramic Floor Tile Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 5 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-10A 216123179-24 No NAD 10 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" White Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-106 216123179-25 No NAD 10 Location: Fl. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" White Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-11A 216123179-26 No NAD 11 Location: Fl. 3 - Room 30020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" Blue Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-11B 216123179-27 No NAD 11 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" Blue Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-12A 216123179-28 No NAD 12 Location: FI. 3 - Room 30020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" Tan Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2016.078.209-12B 216123179-29 No NAD 12 Location: Fl. 2 - Room 20020 - Grout / Mud Set - 4" x 4" Tan Ceramic Wall Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 6 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2016.078.209-13A 216123179-30 No NAD 13 Location: FI. 3 - Room 30020 - 12" x 12" White W/ Grey Floor Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White/Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 26.2 % 2016.078.209-13B 216123179-31 No NAD 13 Location: FI. 1 - Room 10020 - 12" x 12" White W/ Grey Floor Tile (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: White/Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 25.1 % 2016.078.209-14A 216123179-32 No NAD 14 Location: FI. 3 - Mastic From HA 13A (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 0.5 % 2016.078.209-14B 216123179-33 No NAD 14 Location: FI. 1 - Mastic From HA 13B (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Yellow/Black, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 1.4 % 2016.078.209-15A 216123179-34 No NAD 15 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Mastic - 6" Non Suspect Black Cove Base (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Beige, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 8.6 % 2016.078.209-15B 216123179-35 No NAD 15 Location: FI. 1 - Room 10020 - Mastic - 6" Non Suspect Black Cove Base (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Analyst Description: Beige, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 6.3 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2016.078.209; Cornell University; 14 South Avenue - Phi Sigma Sigma Bathroom Renovations Asbestos Survey - Client Project No.: 9463133 Page 7 of 7 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present 2016.078.209-16A 216123179-36 No 16 Location: FI. 3 - Room 309D - Mastic - 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Tile - Cove Base Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 10.3 % Total % Asbestos NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-16B 216123179-37 No 16 Location: FI. 3 - Room 309D - Mastic - 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Tile - Cove Base Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 10 NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-17A 216123179-38 No 17 Location: FI. 2 - Room 20020 - Black Paper Wrap - Non Suspect Fiberglass Pipe Insulation Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 1.4 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 2016.078.209-17B 216123179-39 No 17 Location: Fl. 2 - Room 20020 - Black Paper Wrap - Non Suspect Fiberglass Pipe Insulation Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 1.6 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Valeriu Voicu on 12/21/16 Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: Valeriu Voicu *NAD/NSD =no asbestos detected; NA =not analyzed; NA/PS=not analyzed/positive stop, (SOF-V) = Sprayed On Fireproofing containing Vermiculite; (SM -V) = Surfacing Material containing Vermiculite; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP 200546-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples or EPA 400 pt ct by EPA 600/M4-82-020 (NY ELAP Lab 11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA-Lig LLC Lab ID 102843, RI Cert AAL -094, CT Cert PH -0186, Mass Cert M000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT co .0 0 0 q V"' W z < < < < z < < z z z z zz z a in ca z co 0) Q d. M I Mr (0 VrO 6 >. Z .0 .5 ' 0 (A 0 0 0 o o in o o o o o ❑ a o ❑ o ❑❑ o ag a a ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ a a ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ z a a Z zzzzzzzzzzzzZ AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineer E •a) : U aa) D cn0 co v: a) 3 • Q • m w 0 A• o a72 . 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 I 1 y GG 7-.- N cd c Co N p Z C •>, a) 73. < 8 m� CD N g Quo I 1 1 I i i i v. (0 m ' o -c __a i i 1 1 I i ! i 1 ' 0) o R m E_ E > at e ems : 1 I 1 0 1- 0 N Client Sample# fn a. E 0 2016.078.209-01A . 3 - Room 309D - Wall - Sheetrock 0 2016.078.209-01 B . 2 - Room 20020 - Soffit - Sheetrock CD CSI 0- -0 CV C O = 0 N 8 a 8 N C N C M N N TN o 0 co 7 cO (n co O o O 'O M CO GO 0 O 9 0 0 0 0 0 N cM N cV N C M N M 2016.078.209-03B N •- 2016.078.209-04A . 3 - Room 309D - Wall - Base Coat - Plaster M tq t N t0 M O am" • •• ) O co rn rn n o K M N N N o co v v CO c`t') M • u) (4) (4) 141 0 CV 1 I N N N CO y O 0 O O O 0 N m d 5 0 m a o o O � O 0 o 12 o H o t— o U o co m m c c 0 :a 4 c o N o oOco co E cp E o x N re 2016.078.209-04B 2016.078.209-04C 0 ▪ • 2016.078.209-05B 2016.078.209-05C 2016.078.20 2016.078.209-06B . 2 - Room 20020 - Shower Stall - Caulk co 0 o 0 O 0 O E 0 2016.078.209-06C LL u u C C C 0 coXo o g ,n O co 4 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Cr) .0 o e N o 2¢ < ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Q < < < < ¢ 0 0 0 a W Z z 2.:c z Z z z z z z z z z z z < 0 ��z CL M 2 M (0.c o) O a. Z a U N o" Q O 0 0 0 00 0 O O o 0 O O Oai ¢ < < < < ¢ O ZZ 2 zZ 2 < < < < <za z z 2 2 2 Client Name: Delta Engineers tl) U co 2 a •0t� 'c a/ O 0 R Ot . ! I ! I i I csi N N 0 C Zi t- o z 'v! c > Ix E < p o t _ p p 0 c Q I I I I 1 q 01 o(1) ym _2 tri I I I I I 1 la la as .o E c h .X tv m N 10 V 0 0 N G' N N o� = c , I ! >' I i i I o l o f i~ I i= 1 i= �' i �' N. m a m i p , O O p p ' �f0. ''0 — F- r d) co O LL LL U U U U > >co LL U U E E E E n _U v 2 E m �° @ 0 E0 0 0 E E 2 0 Q =rn ! U as 2 U U ~ ~ �_ V U v m 0 F. a) . 0 N o �. I T T O O I N N N +^' 3` �! N I N ( I a O I >� '>c I'>C >c = I 3 I c I C O O O 8 O o co o C9 �=- u- > > > > a1 al !� Fo- L!. Ll. (n. N N N E 'E fVN v 'v v 'v v ` ;v 14. X X X 0 N X X X X X X is X (� N N N o 8 N N v v v V' -v v > } FO -2 co 0 0000)00)0z= .0 .G O In f% (D Or In `- r N r d r d .M- 0, CO .0. rte•. b Cn m CO 0 L r c\n x X \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ r r J1 7 2 U 2 Q e- m i- Q p m > > > 3 ¢ 2 a) 0 Q 0 m E 0 a1 Q¢ X m x c c~• C7 0 o 0 000 - °Do m Q 0 0°0,,q0 01:0 O t9 ;2 .& M E o. of d� 05 0 d) to co rn 0' o) ' g o) d> o) d) ' 0 R N W N O N O N N 7 N c. N O N 0 N Nf� N 0 N N 0 N p N 0 N p Np (n us p aD . c0 O c0 g 00 g W o C0 c) CO 0 CO 0 c0 O 90 O W O c0 O CO O CO p ai C C M 0 N r-• `- r.• 0\ O N 0 N 0 N O N 0 M 0 N O CO 0 N 0 M N r. o _m co E cd E0 «i $ cd o cfl o c0i E of cri Eo ( E E (p E E E a; E °CV E $ S r 8 $ O a o a o co LI N E N re N Cr N C9 N U N ce N rX N cL N re N LY N Q N Q' N Q: 812 t`- 1 i 1 1 0 CON M CO N N N N CO N V) N CO US LL LI. U. Lt LL LL LL LL LL r 0 Nm �" J — N N t 2016.078.209-14A u - c 0 M E 0 LL 0 a 0 • tL U. LL LL U- U. 0 0 0 0 0 0 c`9 ¢��ypp '9 0 coJ m J J O N N M ch See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216123179 Client Name: Delta Engineers .o 2 • 0 J a Q < < < Q Q z z z z z z z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 z z z z z z z .0 m C .o C - O 0) C o C z — C co to M co cc) O 0 0 ci c c o o co co 00 > c C C lwo P el 0 C n N CO r t. Ch p, 0O G S d O) o) n co CO co N 0 0 w m co 0 a) a) m 0 coco 0 CO m 0 0 L co Op> co O0 0 'u. C. p) E o co V ('3 N o tom.- N CONaai E 'm L N N V N --6 N N O a O O. acn W o O @ ca to O U p U p 7 Cj 7 m m E E u) u) l` O a) O) 0 O a. a a. 0 0 Z z co U) >, A' a > Q. S ,d ,- r o o c CO :. ca r. O `" O z z N ti. 1- X x x 0 a) CV N 0 N a a_ co o v' Q 2 m co ~ m m m E p) E O) co N E N O N p N N ca N N N C O o p N 0 O M 0 M O N N- CO N w ti W g cp :�ca E ca E « E m E E co E y 03 U p w N CC N C N CZ a! N L N M M N N Li u- V- LL LL LL LL •V # '.o0 '.��00Q+ (DQE 0 gt., X00 40 g 46 0) n o > c N 2 W CO� ' A aa)) co co m > E° m coo `m `'3c N C -a a) N COCO (I N N 2 ,a..C, 2 m -6 is2 8 a) o— c a 3 o '.' O c co C Z 0 N co oco cn E co, g2 co a rn tiz a) o c To „..°- a'. c o co c CO O o E W mo •N x ti — co IS to a) a) c E --r:3,, I) 3Q 0 C 0 N ._ W c a) -0 c f--0) c y 2 ri C_ J 4 -s .0 ' a_ 0 N c O) Q Z >- co O > O 3 0 t"Taa) Z Q cN j coo .2 o a CJ c 0) ,. n-ZGY o_ a) u, rn 0 .- 4 a`a) 'c W-6> cCD g >,o O i> C N C a) m Q tai. 3 .- 0.z • o ca O Z cq 2 Q 5 a p O .13 oc O .a N csi N D.d' •C N — F- .0 �N� 0 . a)0 rn.-6a E c._ corn co 2 W co 5 w c 0 S cocoa =�Z0 a�iv d m>>} E-6 '1'5S'o ac) � 6•- o6 E E Y _ U O G 2 N 0 O p y.(;),-..q.a7 . a) N v N •a_ € d E m .c 1° 'I'' oa a>m� 0z ..a •c co g o > y y m a) a)�j c > E2 0 a) 8 z =� A .0- -81 c0 2c N J W `°ggN� F-3 Ca L O (0 >, o ,- N CVO 'O `"IL .„> O N -N N M C N N c c .O (n a m Q Q O O - y _ 7 fp 'Tp N 8 A O' E N 02 y`n(o.¢cw 2 0 .0 co a_ u) Q A J - o< W o a) c D ;a "--)>,> as > m iiim O N*2 U.O 7 O q) O c O 0 o T' CO C •> d VCOa a:) C Q CO (NI 0 C CNI E 9. c‘i 06 0 cv CO CO CO •rt 0 z 0 a. 0 Collected Bv: Thomas P. Ferro > c 0 c E > o < 0 !E- 0 S' o ma5 E gs •641) E a: u.) Description / Sample Location c) E 2 (i) Sheetrock, Soffit, Room 20020 Joint Compound, Wal, 309D Joint Compound, Soffit, 20020 Top Coat Plaster,Wall, Room 309D Top Coat Plaster,Wall, Room 20020 Top Coat Plaster,Ceiling, Room 10020 Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room 309D Cr) cNs CO cv (Y) CNJ 0 0 co 0 (11 a) 0) as 0 0 CO (1} 0) .0 CJ) 0) 0 03 CO Sample Number m 0 () 0 co 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - CO co 0) >z - FIE c a) 0 z N To 0 -0 .c a) E (0 c!) >z - cn0 as N 4E4 E (f) to c 0 0) 0 11.2 CD 4,5 a) E 0 0 elta-eas.com co • "0 2 0 z Submitted By: co cr, o E g 8 (c? rn i C:) (0 -0 X LL as (0 (0. c7) 1— 0 >- z (13 0 0 0 co ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS CNI 0 4.a 2016.078.209 • : 0 z 0 03 a. 0 0 0 z 0 0 0 0 Description / Sample Location Base Coat Plaster, Wall, Room 20020 Base CoaPlaster, Ceiling, Room 1OO2O Sink Counter Top, Caulk, Room 309D Sink Counter Top, Caulk,Rnom2O02O Sink Counter TopCaulk, Room 1OO10 Shower Stall, Caulk, Room 3OO2O Shower Stall, Caulk, Room 20020 Shower Stall, Caulk, Room 10020 0 coc:9 0 1 8 E I. 2 0 2 E ai 0 11 E (NI 0 2 2 0 0 E 8 u_ •E 00 P. C'" a) 0 2 0 (NI G. c) CO C•I 8 1= 8 LL 1.0 .a) .E X -a a 2 0 (NI c ea 0 *C le as c 2 0 -a 0) co E0 0) c c c (0 c 0) cu c 0) *C.7) (‘) cm, c 0) 0) t". t". t." Sample Number 0 Ca '44- 0 0 0 0 CO 00 0 0 0 0 CO 0 00 2016.078.209 - 2816i078.208- 2018.078.208- 2018.078.208- 2018`078.209- 2016078.209- 201Ei078.208- 2016`078.200- 2018`078.209- 2016.078.209- 2016078209- 2016.078.208- 2016.078209- 2016.078.209 - 2016.078209- 2016.078.209- 306.078.209- ^Ns E (.9 co. CV I's: al 0 Z. CO -0 X • CO CO C.1.) CV ;76 o N. Cr) >-• LL1 0 tri 0. 0 0 CO 17; CV CV v - us 0 03 E 03 E 0) cxi N. o o z 0 "t" 0. ct: 03 0 ce) z 03 0 0 (‚) 0 0 03 .0 0 Description / Sample Location Cr) CV co a a c) et co 0 E F- X 03 0) -a 2 0 el CV Mastic from HAI 3A stic from HA13B 2 —2 CV E ai 03> 0 0(00.Z3z(0 0 0) a E co a) 0 0 a) 0 0 f..12 (NI cl cr) 0 0)a oe 0) 0 0 E 0) 12 0 0 X tvs 2 CV a3 0 a 0 03 a. ru 032 2 c.) co 0 co to 0 Sample Number 03 •P•r -cr c 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - 2016.078.209 - co 0 a) 0) a. D ENGINEEtriS, S, & LAND DIALVELLORS APPENDIX C 860 Hooper Road Bidwell, 1\1.'1(13760 rer, 6072316600 Fax, 607,2316650 Webstte, vonvsleitaengineers.com Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors Company and Personnel Certifications 16 New York State -Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health License and Certificate Unit State Campus, Building 12 Albany, NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Delta Engineers & Architects & Land Surveyors, P.C. 860 Hooper Road Endwell,.NY 13760 FILE NUMBER: 05-0851 LICENSE NUMBER: 29322 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 09/08/2016 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2017 Duly Authorized Representative — David J Chambers: This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or "a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. SH 432 (8/12) Eileen M. Franko, Director For the Commissioner of Labor STA N YO T tADO CA AS P FE D IN 2i7 [2 17) UST E CARRIED T PROD IDELTA 6d l I p Snead Frei NY 1 3766 Tel. 607 .231 G606 Fax: 607.211 666 Website:mvw.dellaentneers com 0 Laboratory i NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH WADSWORTH CENTER Expires 12:01 AM April 01, 2017 Issued April 01, 2016 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FOR LABORATORY SERVICE Issued in accordance with and pursuant to section 502 Public Health Law of New York State MR. PAUL J. MUCHA AMERICA SCIENCE TEAM NEW YORK INC 117 EAST 30TH ST NEW YORK, NY 10016 Miscellaneous Asbestos in Friable Material NY Lab Id No: 11480 is hereby APPROVED as an Environmental Laboratory for the category ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSES SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE All approved subcategories and/or analytes are listed below: Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -PLM Asbestos in Non -Friable Material -TEM Item 198.1 of Manual EPA 600/M4/82/020 Item 198.6 of Manual (NOB by PLM) Item 198.4 of Manual Serial Na.: 54287 Property of the New York State Department of Health. Certificates are valid only at the address shown, must be conspicuously posted, and are printed on secure paper. Continued accreditation depends on successful ongoing participation in the Program. Consumers are urged to call (518) 485-5570 to verify the laboratory's accreditation status. Page 1 of 1 National Voluntary�IIEII1J/J&IJ Laboratory Accreditation Program etfir OF aF� codes, R9 41 FATES OF SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 AmeriSci New York DBA: AmeriSci New York 117 E. 30th Street New York, NY 10016 Mr. Paul Mucha Phone: 212-679-8600 Fax: 212-679-2711 Email: pmucha@amerisci.com http:/Iwww.amerisci.com ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS NVLAP LAB CODE 200546-0 Bulk Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A01 EPA 600/M4-82-020: Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials Airborne Asbestos Analysis Code Description 18/A02 U.S. EPA's "Interim Transmission Electron Microscopy Analytical Methods -Mandatory and Nonmandatory -and Mandatory Section to Determine Completion of Response Actions" as found in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix A. 1." For the National Volunta ;sem, Effective 2016-07-01 through 2017-06-30 Accreditation Program Page 1 of 1 0) O • O i G 0 E c o .0 O om 4.0 mom N co E C 03 tRi O 0, 0 0) — la co :la CO N 0 ra D .O �F+ z NVLAP LAB CODE: 200546-0 Z e MO >' Z 5 Asbestos Fiber Analysis ° O da . ‘1,Q O 2016-07-01 through 2017-06-30 Effective Dates DELTA *`, ARCM. rEcTs a°' LAND AURVA"kOR Road , NY 13760 07,231 6600 07231.6650 CIneers co APPENDIX E Bu k mple Location Dr wings E S, ARCHITECTS, LAND rURVEYOR'' APPENDIX F Cornell 4D Database n o a on 19 6O doper Road ndwfdlI, NY 1 760 I p7.31,QO 607, 1,6350 .defie n ine rs,corn 860 He ap r Rasa End (i, NY 13760 T61 607231.6600 Fax 607231.6650 engiineers.Com KAw ARCM rd d , & LAND SURVEYORS ADELTA LAW-) ZilJWAYORS HAO1 — Sheetrock, "No Asbestos Detected" HAO2 Joint Compound, "No Asbestos Detected" 21 860 Hooper f crad Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www,deltaengineer&corn .DELTA P' OINEE1'iS, ARCHITECTS, S LAND SURVEYORS HAO Endwell, NY 13760 fel: 607.231,6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website. www,deltaengineers.cam Top Coat Pia er, "No Asbesto Detected" HAO4 — Base Coat Plaster, "No Asbestos Detected" 22 ADELTA OCl'7GifPoO'��»C.S, TS, A LAND hUN@VEY011s HAO5 — Sink Counter Top Caulk, "No Asbes os Dete 660 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13700 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www,deltaenglneers.com ed" HAO6 — Shower Stall Caulk, 'No Asbestos Detected" 23 ADELTA 660 Hooper Road Endwrll, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Wetnite: www,deltaengineers.com HAO7 --- Grout/Mud Set, 2°' x 2" Grey Ceramic Floor Tile, "No Asbestos Detected" HAO8 Grout/Mud Set, 1"x 1„ diihi Cer ,r is Floor Tile, "No Asbest 24 Detected" ADELTA FNGIt'fl CR5, AUCH1T[CTS, N. i...AM) SN.Pr29Fm:'.YOt .s cSbU t'dG1 per t{Oa I ErtdweIE, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607,231,6650 Website: www,delteengineers.c©n9 HAO9 -- Grout/Niud Set, 2" x 2" White CeraFloor Tile, "No Asbestos Detected" HA1 Q - Grout, Ntud Set, 4" x 4" White Ceramic Wall Tile, "No Asbestos Detected" 25 ADELTA ENGUIFERSt 113 CVOITf:.f"„.`S, LAW) `3UF VC"CORS t 60 Hooper Road Endwolf, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax 607.231.6650 Website: www deltaengineers.com HA1 1 — Grout/Mud Set, 4" x 4°' Blue Ceramic `+Nall Tile, "No Asbestos Detected” HAl2 -- 4" 4" Tan Ceramic V11ell Tile, No Asbestos Detected" 26 ADELTA Aar ctii-re rs, i" LAM) 5 PYVEYORS zuu 1OQperttq i Endwell, NY 1 3760 Tel: 607.231.5600 Fax: 607231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com HA13 _ 12" x 12" 1 lhite w/Grey Floor Tile, "No Asbestos Detected" HA14 — Mastic frau 12" 12'" Floor Tile, "No Asbestos Detected" 27 ADELTA A:;W1: MA's`tx."_xio ARC FilrCCI S, LAND s RVEYo,'R 860 Hooper Rod Endwell. NY 13760 Tei: 607.231, 6600 C'uax: 607.231:6660 Website: www.deltaengineers,cam HA15 — Mastic, 6" Nora Suspect Black Cove Base, "No Asbestos Detected" HA16 — Mastic, 2" x 2" Grey Ceramic Tile, Cove Base, "No Asbestos Detected" 28 360 P cooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel, 607,231,6600 Fax; 607.231,6650 Website: www.deltaenginoers,com HA17 — Black Paper Wrap, Non Suspect Fiberglass Pipe lnsulati©n, "No Asbestos Detected" 29 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. 35 44 — Spill Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials ("borrow"). 2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. B. If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and perfoinied to provide minimum practical exposure of soils. B. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. C. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.7 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor's expense, employ alternative means to control dust. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 0135 43-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL Ithaca, New C. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 0135 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.8 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. B. C. D. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any stout' sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner's site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control Procedures. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 0135 43-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.9 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner's Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's Representative. 1.10 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.11 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS 01 35 43-5 January 20, 2017 Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan: The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries. Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department detei nines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Revision date: May 2010 Page 1 of3 Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Revision date: May 2010 Page 2 of 3 Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279" Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. Revision date: May 2010 Page 3 of 3 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). PHI SIGMA SIGMA SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. g. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a "reportable quantity" 1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or "harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. PHI SIGMA SIGMA SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (')Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. '2 Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0135 44*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such pe niits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Unifoim Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration —Level 1; Alteration — Level 2; Alteration — Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. PHI SIGMA SIGMA REGULATORY 01 41 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA REGULATORY 01 41 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS REQUIREMENTS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. NYS Uniform Code a. International Building Code b. International Residential Code c. International Existing Building Code d. International Fire Code e. International Plumbing Code f. International Mechanical Code g. International Fuel Gas Code h. International Property Maintenance Code i. Uniform Code Supplement 2. NYS Energy Code a. International Energy Conservation Code b. ASHRAE 90.1 c. Energy Code Supplement 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation. F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval. J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL Ithaca, New N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. AA. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position. "Replace". Provide a substitute for. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. "As -Built Documents": Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The "record" drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. "Shop Drawings": Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 0142 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - Local #267 - Local #281 - Local #3NY Local #178 - Local #112 - Local #785 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters United Brotherhood of Carpenters - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers International Union of Painters and Allied Trades International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Laborers International Union of North America The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perfomi a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 (866) 512-1800 (202) 512-1800 (215) 697-6257 Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluininum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org ARAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 0142 00-6 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASH AE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air -Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood -Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) '1'13-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fniglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org LEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 Intertek (800) 345-3851 PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ITS www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www nfhs org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) '112-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofina.org PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.ns£org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post -Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 0142 00-13 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofmg Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIAEIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofmg Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofmg.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES WSRCA Western States Roofmg Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES FCC Federal Communications Commission www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (See USDA) SD State Department www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 0142 00**** (888) 225-5322 (888) 463-6332 (800) 488-3111 (202) 708-1112 (510) 486-4000 (301) 975-6478 (800) 321-6742 (202) 693-1999 (202) 690-7694 (202) 720-9540 (202) 647-4000 (202) 334-2934 (202) 720-2791 (202) 268-2000 PHI SIGMA SIGMA REFERENCES 0142 00-17 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perfoi 111 sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. PHI SIGMA SIGMA QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect's Representative v. Owner's Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf' items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. PKI SIGMA SIGMA QUALITY CONTROL BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 45 00-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor's option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire - prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Impairments "Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7". Impairment; "the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building." There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm "system" or sprinkler "system". Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. - Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. - Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person's name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of pennanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire -protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire -safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-4 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor 2.8 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. B. Owner Construction Project Sign. The Contractor shall install Owner provided project identification signage. 2.10 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.11 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-5 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY FACILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND CONTROLS 01 50 00-6 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY UTILITIES BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 51 00-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows: 1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence. 2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel. F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. G. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner's Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each return -air grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 — Project Closeout. D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required. E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project. 2.4 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times and inform Owner of number. 2.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. B. Existing plumbing facilities must be maintained during the project's duration and thoroughly cleaned at the project's completion. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage the facilities incur during the project's duration. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23 Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish the following: 1. Protect the existing facility and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold temperatures. 2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract. B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required. C. Existing central steam systems may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall be corrected prior to the conclusion of work. D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat. E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to provide heat during any portion of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 51 23*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA HEAT DURING 01 51 23-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CONSTRUCTION January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. PHI SIGMA SIGMA STORAGE AND PROTECTION BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 66 00-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contractor's storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is peiniitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email — db@ithacaplastics.com. PHI SIGMA SIGMA STORAGE AND PROTECTION BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 66 00-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent introduction of contaminants: PHI SIGMA SIGMA STORAGE AND PROTECTION BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 66 00-3 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed until immediately prior to installation. b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process. c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the weather. d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles. e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the construction process. 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA STORAGE AND PROTECTION BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 66 00-4 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL Ithaca, New C. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are perfoi ned. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS AND REPAIRING January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. C. Cleaning of Renovated Duct Systems and Existing Duct Systems in Renovated Areas: 1. Cleaning work shall be performed by firm which has minimum three (3) years' experience in mechanical cleaning of air systems. Work shall be done by skilled mechanics, technicians and experienced supervisors. 2. Clean dirt, dust and debris from air units, associated equipment air ducts; sanitize same. Cleaning shall include: PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT a. Cleaning of air unit's supply, return and exhaust sections including coils, fans, filter racks, outdoor air intake shaft, and interior surfaces. b. Cleaning of dampers, heating coils, humidifiers, and similar devices in ductwork. c. Marking of duct -mounted damper settings, prior to cleaning, and returning dampers to marked positions after cleaning. This includes fire dampers, zone dampers, balancing dampers and volume dampers. d. Cleaning of terminal supply, return and exhaust grilles, registers and diffusers. e. Cutting of access holes in ductwork for cleaning process, as well as sealing and patching of same. f. Removal of portions of duct system which cannot otherwise be thoroughly cleaned, and replacement thereof. g. Sealing of lined duct systems, upon completion. h. Removal and reinstallation of ceiling panels, tiles, ceiling support tracks, and other ceiling construction, as required to facilitate cleaning. i. Providing access doors required to facilitate cleaning. 3. Cleaning shall meet National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards, capable of verification by NADCA Vacuum Test. Cleanliness shall be subject to Architect's visual review; provide re -cleaning as necessary to satisfy Architect a. Cleaning methods may include vacuuming, brushing, mechanical brushing, scraping, or air washing. Use method best suited for locations involved. b. Do NOT use methods which could damage the system or the building. c. Remove dirt, dust, lint and other accumulations by HEPA filtered air machine capable of minimum 6000 cfm. Air machine shall operate to obtain 1250 fpm across the work space. Use brushes, mechanical agitators or air whips to dislodge contaminants to be collected by the air machine. d. Cleaning shall begin at the furthest point of the return system and at the outdoor air intake. Cleaning shall proceed toward the air handling equipment. Cleaning shall finish at the furthest point of the supply ductwork. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its' disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative. PHI SIGMA SIGMA FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS INVENTORY January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS INVENTORY January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two hard (2) copies of complete manual in final form. 1. Hard Copy Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files. b. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings: Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. Provide indexed thumb tab. PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. f. Binders: - Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 2. Electronic Copy a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six (6) copies of the electronic media shall be provided. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. PKI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final foul!. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-5 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA OPERATING AND 01 78 23-7 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS MAINTENANCE DATA January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co -execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Number of original copies required: 1. Two (2) each hard copy 2. One (1) set in electronic format. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. — Provides perimeter heat) 4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer? 5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. PHI SIGMA SIGMA WARRANTIES AND BONDS BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 78 36-1 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders. C. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Title of Project b. Name of Contractor D. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version. Electronic copies shall be in .pdf format B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA WARRANTIES AND BONDS BATHROOM RENOVATIONS 01 78 36-2 January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. PHI SIGMA SIGMA RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS C. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to- day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the "As -Built" drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including: Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) PHI SIGMA SIGMA RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. g. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure D. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. PHI SIGMA SIGMA RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** PHI SIGMA SIGMA RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 BATHROOM RENOVATIONS January 20, 2017 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PHI SIGMA SIGMA BATHROOM RENOVATIONS CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK SECTION 04 20 00 UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete Block. B. Mortar and Grout. C. Reinforcement and Anchorage. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures and Related Commentaries; American Concrete Institute International; 2011. B. ASTM Al53/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2013. D. ASTM A641/A641M - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire; 2009a. E. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete; 2013. F. ASTM C129 - Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units; 2011. G. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 2011. H. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2012. I. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). J. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 2012. K. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 2011. L. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 2010. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, mortar, and masonry accessories. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that masonry units meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the contract documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows: 1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 x 8 inches, nominal depths as indicated on the drawings for specific locations, and equal to depth of adjacent wall at infills. 2. Non-Loadbearing Units: ASTM C129. a. Hollow block. b. Lightweight. 2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY Page 1 of 3 C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144. D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. E. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M Grade 40 (280) deformed billet bars; galvanized. B. Joint Reinforcement: Use ladder type joint reinforcement where vertical reinforcement is involved and truss type elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. C. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss or ladder type; ASTM Al064/A1064M steel wire, mill galvanized to ASTM A641/A641 M, Class 3; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage on each exposure. D. Strap Anchors: Bent steel shapes configured as required for specific situations, 1-1/4 in width, 0.105 in thick, lengths as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage from masonry face, corrugated for embedment in masonry joint, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B. (At connection to existing walls.) 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Proportion Specification. 1. Interior, non-loadbearing masonry: Type O. B. Grout: ASTM C476. Consistency required to fill completely volumes indicated for grouting; fine grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension of 2 inches or less; coarse grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension greater than 2 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry. B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work. 3.02 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running. 2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. 3. Mortar Joints: Concave. 3.03 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other work. B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted. D. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses. E. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. F. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges. G. Cut mortar joints flush where wall tile and plaster finish is scheduled. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY Page 2 of 3 3.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - GENERAL A. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified under specific wall type, install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center. B. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches. 3.05 LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels over openings. B. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening. 3.06 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the work and furnished under other sections. B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line. C. Bed anchors of metal door frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more. C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non -cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or more. D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft. E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft. F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 3.08 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, and grounds. Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. END OF SECTION BCK-161/101821 Section 04 20 00 - UNIT MASONRY Page 3 of 3 SECTION 07 90 05 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2014. B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. D. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. B. Samples: Submit two samples, 1/4 x 4 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. Type A - General Purpose Interior Sealant: Pecora 898 Sanitary Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant 1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interior joints 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. BCK-161/101821 Section 07 90 05 - JOINT SEALERS Page 1 of 2 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width -to -depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer, except where specific dimensions are indicated. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION BCK-161/101820 Section 07 90 05 - JOINT SEALERS Page 2 of 2 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hollow metal frames for wood doors. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/ICC A117.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009. C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI -100); 2014. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. F. ASTM Al008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2015. G. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, High -Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength; 2014. H. BHMA A156.115 - American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2014. I. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; 2009. J. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. K. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. L. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced standards/guidelines. B. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI -100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FRAMES A. Requirements for Frames: 1. Steel used for fabrication of frames shall comply with one or more of the following requirements; Galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, cold -rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008/A1008M or hot -rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel conforming to ASTM Al011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Page 1 of 2 3. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with BHMA A156.115, with reinforcement welded in place. 4. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.02 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. General: 1. Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. a. ANSI A250.8: 16 gage frames. C. Interior Door Frames, Non -Fire Rated: Full profile/continuously welded type. 1. Terminated Stops: Provide at interior doors; closed end stop terminated 6 inch, maximum, above floor at 45 degree angle. D. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements in accordance with corresponding door. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door. B. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop -assembled frames. 2.04 FINISHES A. Primer: Rust -inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior to installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. B. Coordinate installation of hardware. C. Touch up damaged factory finishes. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: Comply with related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION BCK-181/101820 Section 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Page 2of2 SECTION 08 1416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush wood doors; flush configuration; non -rated. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. B. ITS (DIR) - Directory of Listed Products; Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc.; current edition. C. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, cutouts for glazing and other details. C. Specimen warranty. D. Samples: Submit two samples of door construction, 12 x 12 inch in size cut from top corner of door. E. Samples: Submit two samples of door veneer, 4 x 6 inch in size illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. G. Warranty, executed in Owner's name. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of the specified door quality standard on site for review during installation and finishing. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty for the life of the installation. B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 1. Eggers Industries: www.eggersindustries.com. 2. Haley Brothers: www.haleybros.com. 3. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc: www.marshfielddoors.com. 2.02 DOORS A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements BCK-161/101821 Section 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 1 of 3 1. Quality Level: Premium Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) Architectural Woodwork Standards. 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5 -ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. 2. Wood veneer facing with factory transparent finish. 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non -Rated Solid Core Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated. 2.04 DOOR FACINGS A. Wood Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Red oak, veneer grade as specified by quality standard„ plain sliced, book veneer match, running assembly match; unless otherwise indicated. 1. Vertical Edges: Any option allowed by quality standard for grade. 2. Pairs: Pair match each pair; set match pairs within 10 feet of each other when doors are closed. B. Facing Adhesive: II - water resistant. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws. 2.06 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails: 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge and top of door for closer for hardware reinforcement. 2. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware. C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface -mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified. F. Prep doors for electrified lockset wiring through door to frame. G. Prep the sliding and pocket doors (2) to receive floor guide. Bottom of door to be routed to receive guide. 2.07 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS), Architectural Wood Standards, Section 5 - Finishing for Grade specified and as follows: 1. Transparent: a. System - 12, Polyurethane, Water-based. b. Stain: As selected by Architect and Owner. c. Sheen: Satin. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out -of -tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 2 of 3 B. Factory -Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. E. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.05 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 3 of 3 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Door hardware. B. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following: 1. For every hardware set that includes electronic hardware a "Theory of Operation" shall be provided 2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections/drawings the conduit rough-in's required at future electrically controlled and operated hardware openings. 1.03 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 1 of 6 B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation. C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches. 2. Five years for exit hardware. 3. Ten years for manual surface door closers. 4. Two years for electromechanical door hardware. 1.04 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Continuing Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, and running concurrent with the specified warranty period, provide continuous (6) months full maintenance including repair and replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door opening operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGING DEVICES A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity, unless otherwise indicated: a. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: a. Widths up to 3'0": 4-1/2" standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Widths from 3'1" to 4'0": 5" standard or heavy weight as specified. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bommer Industries (BO). b. Hager Companies (HA). c. McKinney Products (MK). PREFERRED BRAND - TA2714 - 4-1/2" x 4-1/2". 2.02 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years' experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA). b. No Substitution - Facility Standard. C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following: 1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight- or clover -type cam. 2. Mortise and cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 3. Keyway: Match Facility Restricted Keyway. BCK-181/101820 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 2 of 6 D. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. Furnish factory cut, nickel -silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. E. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 1. Top Master Key: One (1) 2. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 3. Master Keys (per Master Key Group): Two (2) 4. Grand Master Keys (per Grand Master Key Group): Two (2) F. Key Registration List: Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2.03 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified mortise locksets furnished in the functions as specified in the Hardware Sets. Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant, stamped 12 gauge minimum formed steel case and be field -reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body. Lockset trim (including knobs, levers, escutcheons, roses) to be the product of a single manufacturer. Furnish with standard 2 3/4" backset, 3/4" throw anti -friction stainless steel latchbolt, and a full 1" throw stainless steel bolt for deadbolt functions. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 50-8225. b. No Substitution - Facility Standard. B. Lock Trim Design: Sargent LNL (verify with Owner). 2.04 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat -Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2.05 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non -handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL -10C and UBC 7-2 for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. 5. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates, and through -bolt or security type fasteners as required. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 3 of 6 B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for dosing sweep and latch speed control. Provide non -handed units standard. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. LCN Closers (LC) - 4040XP Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 351 Series. 2.06 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as indicated. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be 6". 3. Metal Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified metal protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), beveled on four edges (B4E), fabricated from the following: a. Stainless Steel: 300 series, 050 -inch thick Fasteners: Provide oval head fastener. b. Counter sink holes for plate fasteners. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing (BU). b. Rockwood Manufacturing (RO). c. Trimco (TC). 2.07 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. General: Door stops to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall and floor bumpers, with anchorage as indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing (BU). b. Rockwood Manufacturing (RO). 403 Wall Stop. c. Trimco (TC). 2.08 PUSH PULLS A. Push: Rockwood or equivalent, 71 B, 3 1/2" x 15" stainless steel, .062" thick, Torx security screws. B. Pull: Rockwood or equivalent, BF 102 x 70B, 3 1/2" x 15" stainless steel, 5/8" diameter pull, #6 x 5/8" OHSMS fasteners. 2.09 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.10 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. Provide US 26 finish (verify with Owner). B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 4of6 C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 -W series. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Standard Steel Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Frames." 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 5 of 6 3.07 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware. 3.08 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Refer to Drawings. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE Page 6 of 6 SECTION 09 21 16 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal stud wall framing. B. Acoustic insulation. C. Gypsum wallboard. D. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealers 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. B. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. C. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. D. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2015. E. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. F. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. G. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2014. H. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014. I. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber; 2012. J. GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA -216. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers - Metal Framing, Connectors, and Accessories: 1. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems LLC: www.clarkdietrich.com. 2. Marino: www.marinoware.com. 3. Phillips Manufacturing Company: www.phillipsmfg.com. B. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. 1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 20 gage. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 3. Furring: Hat -shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Page 1 of 3 C. Partition Head To Structure Connections: Provide track fastened to structure with legs of sufficient length to accommodate deflection, for friction fit of studs cut short and fastened as indicated on drawings. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Manufacturers - Gypsum -Based Board: 1. American Gypsum Company: www.americangypsum.com. 2. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. 3. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum: www.gpgypsum.com. 4. Lafarge North America Inc: www.Iafargenorthamerica.com. 5. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 6. PABCO Gypsum: www.pabcogypsum.com. 7. USG Corporation: www.usg.com. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper -faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. a. Mold resistant board is required at all locations. 3. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. b. Multi -Layer Assemblies: Thicknesses as indicated on drawings. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise indicated. 3. Ready -mixed vinyl -based joint compound. 4. Powder -type vinyl -based joint compound. B. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold -Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self -piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. C. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 1. Extend partition framing to structure as indicated otherwise to 6 inches above ceiling. 2. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach extended leg top runner to structure, maintain clearance between top of studs and structure, and brace both flanges of studs with continuous bridging. C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. 3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA -216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 3 B. Single -Layer Non -Rated: Install gypsum board in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to framing. C. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board except face layer of non -rated double -layer assemblies, which may be installed by means of adhesive lamination. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 2. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile and fixed cabinetry. 3. Taping, filling and sanding is not required at base layer of double layer applications. C. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended by manufacturer. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 3 SECTION 09 23 00 GYPSUM PLASTERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum plaster over concrete, masonry, and other solid surfaces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04 20 00 - Unit Masonry 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C28/C28M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Plasters; 2010 (Reapproved 2015). B. ASTM C35 - Standard Specification for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster; 2001 (Reapproved 2014). C. ASTM C61/C61M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Keene's Cement; 2000 (Reapproved 2015). D. ASTM C206 - Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime; 2014. E. ASTM C631 - Standard Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering; 2009 (Reapproved 2014). F. ASTM C842 - Standard Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster; 2005 (Reapproved 2015). G. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics, and limitations of products specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Copies of Documents at Site: Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is under 50 degrees F or over 80 degrees F. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F during and after installation of plaster. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Gypsum Plaster: 1. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 2. USG: www.usg.com. 2.02 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Ready -Mixed Gypsum Plaster: ASTM C28/C28M; mill -mixed type, requiring only the addition of water. B. Gypsum Keene's Cement: ASTM C61/C61M. C. Lime: ASTM C206, Type S; special finishing hydrated lime. D. Aggregate for Base Coats: ASTM C35; sand and lightweight aggregates. E. Ready -Mixed Finishing Plaster: Gypsum/Lime putty type; mixture of gauging plaster and lime. F. Aggregate for Finish Coats: As specified in ASTM C842. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 23 00 - GYPSUM PLASTERING Page 1 of 2 G. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter that could adversely affect plaster. H. Bonding Agent: Type recommended for bonding plaster to concrete block surfaces. 2.03 PLASTER MIXES A. Over Other Solid Bases: Three -coat application, ready -mixed plaster, mixed and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C842 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Ready -Mixed Plaster Materials: Mix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Finish Coat for Troweled Finish: Mixed and proportioned in accordance with ASTM C842. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing conditions are satisfactory before starting work. B. Masonry: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this section. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surface. C. Grounds and Blocking: Verify items within walls for other sections of work have been installed. D. Mechanical and Electrical: Verify services within walls have been tested and approved. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction. B. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Thoroughly dampen surfaces before using acid solutions, solvent, or detergents to perform cleaning. Wash surface with clean water. C. Roughen smooth and faced masonry. D. Apply bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 PLASTERING A. Apply gypsum plaster in accordance with ASTM C842 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Thickness of Plaster including Finish Coat: 1. Direct to unit masonry: Match to existing adjacent surfaces. C. Finish Texture: Match existing. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 23 00 - GYPSUM PLASTERING Page 2 of 2 SECTION 09 26 13 GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gypsum veneer plaster on gypsum veneer base, masonry, concrete, existing plaster, and other substrates. B. Gypsum veneer base and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Metal stud framing and furring for plaster. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C587 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster; 2004 (Reapproved 2009). B. ASTM C631 - Standard Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering; 2009 (Reapproved 2014). C. ASTM C843 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster; 1999 (Reapproved 2012). D. ASTM C844 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster; 2015. E. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. F. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014. G. GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. H. GA -600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual; Gypsum Association; 2015. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on veneer plaster products. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of documented experience. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not apply veneer plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is Tess than 50 degrees F nor more than 80 degrees F; for 24 hours prior to, during operations and after, until building heating system can maintain the above minimum temperature. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Gypsum Veneer Plaster: 1. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC: www.gp.com/gypsum. 2. National Gypsum Company: www.nationalgypsum.com. 3. USG: www.usg.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Gypsum Veneer Plaster: ASTM C587, mixed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Standard Gypsum Veneer Base: ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Thickness as required. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 26 13 - GYPSUM VENEER PLASTERING Page 1 of 2 2. Gypsum base 3. Heavy texture- sanded. Diamond Interior finish by USG, or approved equal. C. Gypsum Veneer Base Trim Accessories: Zinc -coated steel or plastic, complying with ASTM C1047. D. Gypsum Board Accessories: Complying with ASTM C1047, GA -216, and GA -600. E. Joint Reinforcing for Gypsum Veneer Base: As specified in ASTM C587. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are ready to receive work. B. Verify gypsum plaster base is flat, smooth and surface is ready to receive work. Verify joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces of dust or loose matter. B. Remove projections greater than 1/8 inch and fill depressions greater than 1/4 inch with product approved for patching plaster. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GYPSUM PLASTER BASE A. Install gypsum base in accordance with ASTM C844. B. Use fasteners approved by the manufacturer for the existing substrate. C. Use manufacturers approved bonding agents where required by the manufacturer. D. Install accessories. E. Tape, fill, and sand filled joints, edges, corners, openings, and trim to produce surface ready to receive veneer finish. F. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so that joint camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3.04 INSTALLATION - VENEER PLASTER A. Install one finish coat gypsum veneer plaster in accordance with ASTM C843 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Finish surface to sanded, heavy texture finish. Finish to match existing. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 PLASTERING Page 2 of 2 Section 09 26 13 - GYPSUM VENEER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. B. C. D. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Tile for floor applications. Tile for wall applications. Stone thresholds. Ceramic accessories. SECTION 09 30 00 TILING ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 2013.1. B. ANSI A108.1 b - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry -Set or Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). C. ANSI A108.1c - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry -Set or Latex -Portland Cement; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). D. ANSI A108.5 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex -Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). E. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile -Setting and -Grouting Epoxy; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). F. ANSI A108.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). G. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 2010 (Revised). H. ANSI A108.13 - American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for Thin -Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2010). I. ANSI A118.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile -Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile -Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013 (Revised). J. ANSI A118.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Modified Dry -Set Cement Mortar; 2012 (Revised). K. ANSI A118.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Standard Cement Grouts for Tile Installation; 2010 (Revised). L. ANSI A118.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes For Thin -Set Ceramic Tile And Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. M. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2013.1. N. ASTM C373 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption, Bulk Density, Apparent Porosity, and Apparent Specific Gravity of Fired Whiteware Products, Ceramic Tiles, and Glass Tiles; 2014a. O. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2015. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. BCK-161/101821 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 1 of 6 B. Samples for verification: Samples of each color of tile, marble threshold, or accessory to be provided, for verification purposes. Where products involve normal color and texture variations, included sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. E. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Extra Tile: 1 percent of each size, color, and surface finish combination, but not less than 10 of each type. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of and ANSI A108/A118/A136.1 and TCNA (HB) on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, with minimum five years of documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of five years of documented experience. D. Single -Source Responsibility for tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying process of the Work. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Construct tile mock-up where indicated on the drawings, incorporating all components specified for the location. 1. Minimum size of mock-up is indicated on the drawings. 2. Approved mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver and store packaged material in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirement of ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install solvent -based products in an unventilated environment. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. ANSI Standard for Ceramic Tile: Comply with ANSI A137.1 "American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic tile" for types, compositions, and grades of tile indicated. B. ANSI Standard for Tile Installation Materials: Comply with ANSI standard referenced with products and materials indicated for setting and grouting. C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. Match color, texture, and pattern indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. 2. Provide tile trim and accessories that match color and finish of adjoining flat tile. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 2 of 6 D. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, blend tile in factory and package accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. 2.02 TILE A. Manufacturers: All products by the same manufacturer. 1. American Olean Corporation: www.americanolean.com. 2. Dal -Tile Corporation: www.daltile.com. B. Ceramic Mosaic Tile (ADA Bathroom - Shower Floor), Type CMT: ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 0 to 0.5 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 2 by 2 inch, nominal. 3. Shape: Square. 4. Edges: Square. 5. Surface Finish: Unglazed. 6. Color(s): To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 7. Mounted Sheet Size: 12 by 24 inches. 8. Products: a. Keystones by Daltile. C. Glazed Wall Tile, Type CT 2: ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 7.0 to 20.0 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 3 by 6 inch, nominal. 3. Edges: Square. 4. Surface Finish: High gloss. 5. Color(s): White LR94. 6. Trim Units: Matching bullnose, cove, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 7. Products: a. Largo by Daltile. D. Accent Wall Tile, Type CT 3: ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 7.0 to 20.0 percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 6 by 18 inch, nominal. 3. Edges: Cushioned. 4. Surface Finish: High gloss. 5. Color(s): a. CT -3.1 Sand EL42 b. CT -3.2 Carbon EL44 6. Products: a. Elevare by Daltile. E. Floor Tile, Type CT 1: ANSI A137.1, standard grade. 1. Moisture Absorption: 3.0-4.0% percent as tested in accordance with ASTM C373. 2. Size: 12 by 12 inch, nominal. 3. Edges: Square. 4. Surface Finish: Matte glaze. 5. Color(s): Gray PK98. 6. Trim Units: Matching 3" x 12" base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. 7. Products: a. Parkway by Daltile. 2.03 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Ceramic Accessories: Glazed finish, same color and finish as adjacent field tile; same manufacturer as tile. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 3 of 6 B. Thresholds: Marble, white or gray, honed finish; 2 inches wide by full width of wall or frame opening; 1/2 inch thick; beveled one long edge with radiused corners on top side; without holes, cracks, or open seams. 1. Applications: a. At doorways where tile terminates. b. At open edges of floor tile where adjacent finish is a different height. 2.04 SETTING MATERIALS A. Provide setting materials made by the same manufacturer as grout. B. All mortars shall meet or exceed SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District) Rule #1168 for VOC content. C. Latex -Portland Thin Set Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.4, and and ANSI 118.11. Contains antimicrobial protection. 1. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 254 Platinum: www.laticrete.com. b. Mapei Corp: Ultracontact c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.05 GROUTS A. Manufacturers: 1. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE PERMACOLOR Grout: www.laticrete.com. 2. Mapei Corporation; Product as required for application: www.mapei.com. 3. TEC; Product as required for application: www.tecspecialty.com 4. Custom tile installation systems, Fusion Pro Singe Component Grout, www.custombuildingproducts.com. B. All grouts shall meet or exceed SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District) Rule #1168 for VOC content. C. Standard Grout: ANSI A118.6 standard latex portland cement grout. 1. Applications: Use this type of grout where indicated for Unglazed Floor Tile. 2. Use sanded grout for joints 1/8 inch wide and larger; use unsanded grout for joints less than 1/8 inch wide. 3. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE 1500 Sanded Grout: Use with 1776 admix with anti -microbial protection. www.laticrete.com. b. AccuColor XT Sanded Grout TEC c. Mapei Ultra Color Plus, Premium Rapid setting sanded grout with polymer d. Custom tile installation systems, Fusion Pro Singe Component Grout, www.custombuildingproducts.com. D. Latex -Portland Cement Grout for Glazed Wall Tile: ANSI A118.6, consisting of commercial unsanded Portland cement grout with latex additive. For use with narrow grout joints. Provide the following, or equal, in color as selected by Architect. 1. Laticrete 1600 Unsanded premium grout 2. Accucolor XT Unsanded grout by TEC 3. Mapei Keracolor U, premium unsanded grout with polymer 4. Custom tile installation systems, Fusion Pro Singe Component Grout, www.custombuildingproducts.com E. Stain resistant Grout for floors: ANSI A118.3, consisting of commercial sanded cement grout with anti microbial protection. Provide one of the following, in color as selected by Architect. 1. Laticrete PermaColor. 2. Accucolor XT 650 sanded by TEC 3. Opticolor by Mapei stain free grout. 4. Custom tile installation systems, Fusion Pro Singe Component Grout, www.custombuildingproducts.com. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 4 of 6 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Waterproofing Membrane/ crack isolation membrane at Floors: Specifically designed for bonding to cementitious substrate under thick mortar bed or thin -set tile; complying with ANSI A118.10. 1. Type: Fluid -applied. 2. Anti fracture protection up to 1/8" over non structural cracks. 3. ASTM C627- Robinson Floor test, ANSI A118.10, ANSI A118.12. 4. Antimicrobial Protection 5. Installation: Allow for flood testing in 2 hours at 70 degrees F of higher. Tile can be installed directly onto membrane. 6. Thickness: 25 mils, minimum, dry film thickness. 7. Products: a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE HYDRO BAN: www.laticrete.com. b. Mapei AquaDefense. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive tile. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. D. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during sample submittals, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile unit taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install tile, thresholds, and stair treads and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a through ANSI A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings. G. Install thresholds where indicated. H. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. I. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. J. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. K. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. L. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. M. At changes in plane and tile -to -tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or backer rod as appropriate to prevent three -sided bonding. BCK-181/101821 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 5 of 6 N. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. O. Jointing Pattern: If offset pattern is required for rectangles larger than 12 inches, the offset shall be no greater than 33%. P. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments Q. Before grouting entire area do a test area to assure there will be no permanent staining or discoloration of the tile and to verify that the grout is easily removed from the surface. If necessary, pre -coat exposed surfaces of tile with a grout release as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLOORS - THIN -SET METHODS 3.05 INSTALLATION - WALL TILE A. On exterior walls install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244, thin -set over cementitious backer units, with waterproofing membrane. B. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244, using membrane at toilet rooms. C. Over gypsum wallboard on wood or metal studs install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W243, thin -set with dry -set or latex -Portland cement bond coat, unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. B. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. C. Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. D. Sealing: Seal all non -glazed ceramic tile surfaces including tile and grout with a penetrating sealer. Apply per manufacturers instructions. Do not seal porcelain tile. E. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral cleaner from tile surfaces. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. B. Where tiled surfaces will be subject to equipment or wheel traffic or heavy construction traffic, and during move -in of furniture and equipment, cover protective covering with 1/4" hardboard, plywood or similar material. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 30 00 - TILING Page 6 of 6 SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field painting of the following: 1. Exposed interior items and surfaces. B. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. C. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from any custom or standard colors and finishes available. 1. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. D. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. B. ASTM D 16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2003. C. ASTM D 4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood -Base Materials; 1992 (Reapproved 2003). D. GreenSeal GS -11 - Paints; 1993. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. 1. Flat refers to a luster less or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85 -degree meter. 2. Eggshell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60 -degree meter. 3. Satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60 -degree meter. 4. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60 -degree meter. 5. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60 -degree meter. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers. B. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials referenced to the substrates. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Cross reference any substitutions to Benjamin Moore products specified and indicate substrate; substitutions without cross reference will be returned due to lack of information for evaluation. BCK-181/101821 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 1 of 7 C. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. D. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). E. Certification: By manufacturer that all paints and coatings do not contain any of the prohibited chemicals specified; GreenSeal GS -11 certification is not required but if provided shall constitute acceptable certification. F. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. G. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces. H. Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. 3. Submit Samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Gypsum Wallboard: Provide two 12 -inch square samples with specified textured coating applied.. b. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4 -inch- (100 -mm-) square samples of flat metal and two 8 -inch- (200 -mm-) long samples of solid metal for each color and finish. I. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. D. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each color selected. 1. Wall Surfaces: Provide samples on at least 25 sq. ft. of wall surface. 2. Small Areas and Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. E. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated, apply coatings in this room or to each surface according to the Schedule or as specified. Provide required sheen, color, and texture on each surface. 1. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. 2. Final approval of colors and textures will be from job -applied samples. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: 1. Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder type). BCK-181/101820 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 2 of 7 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5. Thinning instructions. 6. Application instructions. 7. Color name and number. 8. VOC content. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well -ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7.2 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. D. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods.. E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft. candles measured mid -height at substrate surface. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Supply 1 gallon of each color; store where directed. B. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Paint materials listed herein are the products of Benjamin Moore., unless noted otherwise. Provide specified product or equivalent products by one of the following: 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified in the following; unless otherwise noted: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D --National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings. b. Ozone Transport Commission (OTC) Model Rule, Architectural, Industrial, and Maintenance Coatings; www.otcair.org; specifically: 1) Opaque, Nonflat: 150 g/L, maximum. c. Architectural coatings VOC limits of State of New York. 1) Non -Flat Paints (Interior and Exterior): 150. 2) Primers and Undercoaters: 200. 3) Primers: 350 (a) Fire and Smoke - Stain Blocking. (b) Chalky Surfaces (ASTM 4 or Lower). (c) Blocking (PA only). 4) Industrial Maintenance Coatings: 340. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 3 of 7 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Flame Spread Rating: 1. All products must meet or exceed Class A: (0-25) Flame Spread Index and (0-450) Smoke Developed Index and in accordance to ASTM E84. D. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited: 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene, butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate, di -n -butyl phthalate, di-n-octyl phthalate, 1,2 -dichlorobenzene, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1 -trichloroethane, vinyl chloride. E. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best -quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint -material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. F. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. G. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations. Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match the Architect's samples if not indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 4 of 7 D. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. 1. New Surfaces Without Shop Coat: Solvent clean to remove oil and grease in accordance with SSPC-SP1. Surfaces that contain loose rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances shall be mechanically cleaned by power wire brushing in accordance with SSPC-SP3. Remove welding flux, slag and fume deposits, weld spatters, and burrs. Immediately apply primer coat, before rust re -appears. 2. Shop Coated Surfaces: Protect from corrosion before and after installation by treating corroded areas immediately upon detection. W ire brush or sand abraded or corroded spots to bright metal and touch up with same paint used for shop coat. E. Gypsum Wallboard: Repair all surface defects with finishing compound for wallboard joint concealment or spackling compound, filled out flush and smooth, and sanded. Remove all sanding dust and verify that joint compound is dry prior application of primer. After application of prime coat, again fill and sand smooth all defects that have been made visible by primer coat application. Remove all sanding dust and spot prime over areas of repair. F. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.03 APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 9. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. BCK-IBI1101821 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 5 of 7 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush or roller according to the manufacturer's directions. Spray application is not permitted, unless specifically approved by Architect in advance for each individual situation. Roller application on woodwork is not permitted. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. In addition to items listed on the finish schedule and finish drawings, general construction items which require painting are include but are not limited to the following: 1. Other items which are not factory finished. F. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in occupied spaces. G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. I. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.04 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION AND REPAIRS A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 6 of 7 B. Provide "Wet Paint' signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. C. Correcting Defective Work: 1. Repair and repaint all defective surfaces that have been painted, stained, finished, or otherwise treated under this Section, to the satisfaction of the Architect and at no additional cost. 2. Rejected surfaces shall be repainted over the entire plane on which they occur (corner to corner/floor to ceiling/etc.) and as otherwise required by the Architect. 3.06 PAINT SCHEDULES A. Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Provide colors as indicated on Drawings. All products listed are manufactured by Sherwin-Williams, unless noted. B. INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 1. TYPE IP -1 Gypsum Wallboard: Semi -Gloss, waterborne acrylic epoxy finish - 2 finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: M08/M09, Benjamin Moore. b. First and Second Coats: M43/M44 Acrylic Epoxy, Semi Gloss, industrial maintenance coating; Benjamin Moore. 2. TYPE IP -2 Hollow Metal Frames, and Ferrous Metals: Semigloss, interior acrylic enamel finish - 2 finish coat over primer. Primer is not required on shop -primed items. a. Primer: M08/M09; Benjamin Moore. b. First and Second Coats: M43/M44 Acrylic Epoxy Semi Gloss, industrial maintenance coating; Benjamin Moore. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 09 91 00 - PAINTING Page 7 of 7 SECTION 10 21 13.19 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid plastic toilet compartments. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. B. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth; 2015. C. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Resistance: Partition materials shall comply with the following requirements, when tested in accordance with the ASTM E:84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Character ics of Building Materials: 1. Smoke Developed Index: Not to exceed 450 2. Flame Spread Index: Not to exceed 75 3. Smoke Density: Not to exceed 100 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. B. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. C. Samples: Submit two samples of partition panels, 4 by 4 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's warranty against breakage, corrosion, and delamination for 10 years after Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments: 1. Scranton Products (Santana/Comtec/Capital); color Linen: www.scrantonproducts.com. 2. Other manufacturers/products to be approved by the Owner. 2.02 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Factory fabricated doors, pilasters, and divider panels made of solid molded high density polyethylene (HDPE), tested in accordance with NFPA 286, floor -mounted unbraced. B. Doors: 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Width: 24 inch. 3. Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out -swinging. 4. Height: 55 inch. C. Panels: 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Height: 55 inch. D. Pilasters: 1. Thickness: 1 inch. BCK-181/101821 Section 10 21 13.19 - PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS Page 1 of 3 2. Width: As required to fit space; minimum 3 inch. 2.03 COMPONENTS A. Toilet Compartments: Solid molded plastic panels, doors, and pilasters, floor -mounted headrail-braced. 1. Material: Solid High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) resins. a. Flame Spread, ASTM E 84: 75 or less. B. Door and Panel Dimensions: 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Door Width: 24 inch. 3. Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out -swinging. 4. Height: 55 inch. 5. Thickness of Pilasters: 1 inch. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A 666, Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 in high, concealing floor fastenings. 1. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. B. Head Rails: Hollow chrome plated steel tube, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size, with anti -grip strips and cast socket wall brackets. C. Pilaster Brackets: Polished stainless steel. D. Wall Brackets: Continuous type, polished stainless steel. E. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. 1. For attaching panels and pilasters to brackets: Through -bolts and nuts; tamper proof. F. Hardware: Polished stainless steel: 1. Continuous spring loaded, self-closing, full height hinge, extra heavy-duty 16 gauge stainless steel. 2. Door Latch: Slide type with exterior emergency access feature. Nylon track slides into 8 gauge stainless steel keeper. 3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 5. Provide door pull for outswinging doors. 6. U -channels, full height 18 gauge, stainless steel, secure panels to stiles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. E. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. BCK-IBI/101820 COMPARTMENTS Page 2 of 3 Section 10 21 13.19 - PLASTIC TOILET B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out -swinging doors to closed position. C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. 3.05 CLEANING A. All surfaces and components shall be wiped clean and free of handprints, grease, and soil. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 10 21 13.19 - PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS Page 3 of 3 SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms, showers, residential bathrooms, and utility rooms. B. Grab bars. C. Shower seat. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: B. Section 10 21 13.19 - Plastic Toilet Compartments. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. B. ASTM A269/A269M - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service; 2015. C. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy -Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2015. D. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold -Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. E. ASTM B456 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium; 2011. F. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011. G. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013). H. GSA CID A -A-3002 - Mirrors, Glass; U.S. General Services Administration; 1996. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, and attachment methods. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special attention. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement, concealed ceiling supports, and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet Accessories: 1. ASI - American Specialties, Inc: www.americanspecialties.com. 2. Bradley Corporation: www.bradleycorp.com. 3. Bobrick: www.bobrick.com B. All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 1. Grind welded joints smooth. 2. Fabricate units made of metal sheet of seamless sheets, with flat surfaces. B. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. BCK-181/101821 Section 10 28 00 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 3 C. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269/A269M, Type 304 or 316. D. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Hot -dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 coating. E. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. F. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof. G. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized; tamper -proof; security type. H. Expansion Shields: Fiber, lead, or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. 2.03 FINISHES A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 Brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. B. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B456, SC 2, satin finish, unless otherwise noted. C. Baked Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats epoxy baked enamel. D. Galvanizing for Items Other than Sheet: Comply with ASTM A123/A123M; galvanize ferrous metal and fastening devices. E. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake. F. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. 2.04 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. Mirrors: Stainless steel framed, 6 mm thick float glass mirror. 1. Size: Counter length x height noted on plans. 2. Mirror shall have a one-piece type -430 stainless steel channel frame, 1/2" x 1/2" x 3/8", with 90 degree mitered corners; all exposed surfaces shall have bright polished finish. Select float glass mirror shall be guaranteed for 10 years against silver spoilage. Corners shall be protected by friction -absorbing filler strips and the back shall be protected by full-size, shock -absorbing, water-resistant, nonabrasive, 3/16" thick polyethylene padding. Galvanized steel back shall have integral horizontal hanging brackets located at top and bottom for mounting on concealed rectangular wall hanger. Locking devices secure mirror to concealed wall hanger. Mirror shall be removable from wall. B. Grab Bars: Stainless steel, nonslip grasping surface finish. C. Grab Bars: Type 304, 18 gauge stainless steel, 1-1/4 inches outside diameter, nonslip grasping surface finish, 1/8" thick stainless steel concealed flange mounting, 2" x 3-1/8", and equipped with two screw holes for attachment to wall and shall snap over mounting flange to conceal mounting screws and / or Winglt fasteners. 1-1/2 inches clearance between wall and inside of grab bar. Ends of grab bar shall pass through concealed mounting flanges and be heliarc welded to form one structural unit. Grab bar shall comply with barrier -free accessibility guidelines (including ADAAG) for structural strength. Manufacturer's service and parts manual shall be provided to the building owner upon completion of project. 1. Length: TA -9a: 36 inches,TA-9b=42 inches, TA -9c=15-7/8" x 30-7/8" inches for shower unit, and TA -9d=18 inches. 2.05 SHOWER AND TUB ACCESSORIES A. Solid Phenolic Folding Shower Seat(TA-15): Wall -mounted recessed; welded tubular seat frame, structural support members, hinges and mechanical fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel, satin -finish that consists of 16 -gauge, 1-1/4" square tubing and 18 -gauge, 1" diameter seamless tubing. 1. Seat: One piece solid phenolic seat, with matte -finish, melamine surfaces, and black phenolic -resin core; secured to frame with stainless steel carriage bolts and acorn nuts. Seat shall be reversible for left- or right-hand installation in the field. shower seat shall be equipped with two 3" diameter mounting flanges constructed of type -304, 3/16" thick, BCK-IBI/101820 ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 3 Section 10 28 00 - TOILET AND BATH satin -finish stainless steel; a guide bracket constructed of type -304, 16 -gauge, satin -finish stainless steel; and a spring constructed of type -301, 24 -gauge stainless steel that is spot-welded to a baseplate of type -304, heavy -gauge stainless steel. Seat shall remain in upright position when not in use. Shower seat shall comply with barrier -free accessibility guidelines.1/2" thick, of color as selected. 2. Product: B-5181 manufactured by Bobrick. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions in locations indicated on the drawings. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights: As required by accessibility regulations, unless otherwise indicated. D. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on drawings. E. Add bathroom stud wall - Provide blocking for accessories provided by the owner and installed under this contract. END OF SECTION BCK-161/101821 Section 10 28 00 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES Page3of3 SECTION 12 36 00 COUNTERTOPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall -hung counters and vanity tops. B. Sinks molded into countertops. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 2009. B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. C. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) -Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014. D. ISFA 2-01 - Classification and Standards for Solid Surfacing Material; 2013. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Specimen warranty. B. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation. C. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, color chips representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. D. Test Reports: Chemical resistance testing, showing compliance with specified requirements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store and dispose of solvent -based materials, and materials used with solvent -based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS). B. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over continuous substrate. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complying with ISFA 2-01 and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; homogenous, non -porous and capable of being worked and repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent throughout thickness. a. Manufacturers: 1) Wilsonart; Sea Stone 9202CS: www.wilsonart.com. b. Finish on Exposed Surfaces: Matte, gloss rating of 5 to 20. 3. Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 4. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches high. 5. Fabricate in accordance with 1, Section 11 - Countertops, Custom Grade. 6. Undermount Sink: Wilsonart #BV1313 color Linen White BCK-IBI/101821 Section 12 36 00 - COUNTERTOPS Page 1 of 2 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface of joints flush. 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where top butts against wall. 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless otherwise indicated. 1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set in waterproof glue. 2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. D. Wall -Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and metal braces as indicated on drawings, finished to match. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical services and outlets are installed in proper locations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Securely attach countertops to wall using concealed fasteners. Make flat surfaces level; shim where required. B. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. C. Field Joints: 1/8 inch wide, maximum. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 Section 12 36 00 - COUNTERTOPS Page 2 of 2 SECTION 21 11 10 WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. This section specifies wet pipe sprinkler systems for buildings and structures. B. Provide complete in place hydraulically calculated and designed wet pipe sprinkler system. The system shall be sized for the complete building but the installation shall only include the basement and first floor levels. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 13 - National Fire Protection Association Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler System. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Working plans as used in this section refer to documents (including drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdiction. B. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included in referenced NFPA standards. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System: System with automatic sprinklers and standpipe attached to piping system containing water and connected to water supply so that water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened by fire. 1.05 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) for fire protection systems specified. AHJs include Owner's Representative, Insurance Company and Municipal Fire Service. B. Conduct flow tests from municipal water supply in the presence of municipal Fire Marshall, Owner's insurance carrier and engineer, as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare design for hydraulically calculated system. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for fire protection system components. Include the following: 1. Piping systems, fittings and couplings. 2. Hangers and supports. 3. Valves. 4. Specialty valves, accessories, and devices. 5. Alarm devices, include electrical data. 6. Fire Department connections. Include type of fire department connection; number; size; type and arrangement of inlets; size and direction of outlet and finish. 7. Wall hydrants. 8. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting, finish, and other data. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory and FM Approval Guide and that conform to other requirements indicated. B. Listing/approval stamp, label, other marking: On equipment, specialties and accessories made to specified standards. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SPRINKLERS A. Sprinkler types, features and options include: BCK-IBI/101821 Section 21 11 10 - WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 2 1 Sprinklers/coverplates, polyester coated white, natural brass or custom color selected by Architect, stamped brass matching color polyester coated (painted) or polished brass one-piece escutcheon, fully -concealed type wherever possible and at finished ceilings and brass upright or pendent sprinklers in mechanical/electrical spaces without finished ceilings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING APPLICATIONS 3.02 SPRINKLER INSTALLATIONS A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of acoustical panels and tiles. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field acceptance tests of each fire protection system. 1. Flush, test and inspect sprinkler piping systems according to NFPA 13 Chapter "System Acceptance". B. Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures specified then retest to demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 1. Report test results promptly and in writing to engineer. 2. Report test results promptly and in writing to authority having jurisdiction when required. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. Replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish with new sprinklers. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinklers is prohibited. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 SYSTEMS Page 2 of 2 Section 21 11 10 - WET PIPE SPRINKLER SECTION 22 07 15 PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Piping insulation. B. Jackets and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM C195 - Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulation Cement. B. ASTM C534 - Closed Cell Expanded Foam Plastic; type 1 (rolls), Type 2 (sheets). C. ANSI/ASTM C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. D. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -alloy Sheet and Plate. E. ASTM C449 - Mineral Fiber Hydraulic -setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. F. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. G. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. H. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Company specializing in piping insulation application with three years minimum experience. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include product description, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1. D. Provide material safety data sheet (Form OSHA -20) for all solvents, adhesives and non-fused or loose insulated or loose insulating materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Knauf. B. Rubatex. C. Owens-Corning. D. Armstrong. 2.02 INSULATION A. Type A: Heavy density resin bonded fiberglass wool with conductivity (k) rating of .24 at 75°F to .32 maximum at 250°F; integral kraft reinforced foil all service vapor retarder jacketing; maximum flame spread and smoked developed ratings of 25/50 respectively. Design selection based on Owens-Corning ASJ/SSL-II; or approved equal. B. Type B: Flexible, smooth surface closed cellular foam tubular type; conductivity (k) rating of .28 at 75°F; maximum flame spread and smoke developed ratings of 25/50 respectively. Design selection based on Rubatex R -180 -FS; or approved equal. 2.03 JACKETS A. Interior Applications: 1. PVC Jackets: One piece, premolded type. B. Exterior Applications: 1. Aluminum Jackets: ASTM B209; 0.016 inch thick; smooth finish, integral vapor barrier. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 07 15 - PIPING INSULATION Page 1 of 3 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation Bands: 1/2 inch wide; 0.15 inch thick stainless steel strapping. B. Insulating Cement: ANSI/ASTM C195; hydraulic setting mineral wool, Super Power House Insulating Cement; or approved equal. C. Fibrous Glass Cloth: 8 oz/sq yd weight canvas. D. Adhesives: Compatible with insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Install materials after piping has been tested and approved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Continue insulation with vapor barrier through penetrations. C. In exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. D. On insulated piping with vapor barrier, insulate fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. E. On insulated piping without vapor barrier and piping conveying fluids 140°F or less, do not insulate flanges and unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation at such locations. F. Provide an insert, not less than 6 inches long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation, between support shield and piping, but under the finish jacket, on piping 2 inches diameter or larger, to prevent insulation from sagging at support points. Inserts shall be cork or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. Factory fabricated inserts may be used. G. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. H. Paint all type B cellular foam insulation with paint by the insulation manufacturer that is compatible with the foam insulation used. I. Jackets: 1. Indoor, Concealed Applications: Insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature shall have jackets with integral vapor barrier. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and cover with PVC jackets. 2. Indoor, Concealed Applications: Insulated dual temperature pipes or pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature shall have jackets with integral vapor barrier. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe, and cover with PVC jackets. 3. Indoor, Exposed Applications: For pipe exposed in mechanical equipment rooms or in finished spaces, insulate as for concealed applications. Finish with minimum 8 oz. per square yard canvas, sized for finish painting. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as adjacent pipe and cover with PVC jackets. 4. Exterior Applications: Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 22 07 15 - PIPING INSULATION Page 2 of 3 3.03 SCHEDULE PIPING TYPE PIPE SIZE (Inch) INSULATION THICKNESS Domestic Hot Water A Up to and incl. 4" " Supply and Recirc. A 5" and up 1-1/2" Domestic Cold Water A or B All 1" END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 07 15 - PIPING INSULATION Page 3 of 3 SECTION 22 09 10 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Floor drains. B. Cleanouts. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by same manufacturer throughout. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Include component sizes, rough -in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOOR DRAINS (COVERS ONLY) A. Floor Drain (FD): Nickel -bronze adjustable strain head with square head, NPT threaded outlet, size as shown on drawings, vandal -proof screws. Floor drain design based on J. R. Smith, Model 2010B -S -U; or approved equal. Match existing sizes. 2.02 CLEANOUTS (COVERS ONLY) A. Floor Cleanout (CO): Polished bronze top; inside caulk outlet, tapered thread bronze closure plug, line size as shown on drawings, vandal -proof screws. Design selection based on J. R. Smith Series 4048; or approved equal. Match existing sizes PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate cutting and/or forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.02 INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to permit intended performance. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. C. Encase exterior cleanouts in 6" deep by 16" square, 4500 psi concrete pad flush with grade. D. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve. E. Install full size drain line on all backflow preventers; install drain line drop along wall to floor and terminate 12 inches above finished floor. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 09 10 - PLUMBING SPECIALTIES Page 1 of 1 SECTION 22 10 05 PLUMBING PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ANSI/ASME SEC 9 and applicable state labor regulations. C. Welders Certification: In accordance with ANSI/ASME SEC 9. D. Piping, fittings, valves and accessories shall fully comply with the latest ASTM and ASME standards, ANSI codes and AWWA standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Under provisions of Division 1. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1. C. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with labeling in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE, VALVES, FITTINGS AND FABRICATION A. Dielecting watering fittings for connection of dissimilar piping materials. Design based on Clearflow dielecting watering fittings. B. Schedule for Pipe, Valves, Fittings and Fabrication: UTILITY PIPE SIZE PIPE VALVES FITTINGS & FABRICATION Storm Water All Sizes (13) NA (B) Piping Above Grade (25) NA (C) Storm Water All Sizes (13) NA (B) Piping Buried Sanitary Vent All Sizes (25) NA (C) Piping Sanitary Drain 2-1/2" or (25) NA (C) Smaller Above Ground (25) NA (C) 3" and Greater (13) NA (B) Domestic Water All Sizes (1) (52) (G) Above Grade BCK-181/101821 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 1 of 7 PIPE (1) COPPER TUBING: ASTM B88, TYPE L, HARD DRAWN. (2) CARBON STEEL PIPE: SCHEDULE 40 ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELD, ASTM A53 GRADE A OR B. (3) CARBON STEEL PIPE: SCHEDULE 30 ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELD, ASTM A53 GRADE A OR B. (4) CARBON STEEL PIPE: SCHEDULE 20 ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELD, ASTM A53 GRADE A OR B. (5) COPPER PIPE: ASTM B43, HARD DRAWN, TYPE L. (6) CARBON STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 40 ELECTRIC RESISTANCE WELD, GRADE B. (7) CARBON STEEL PIPE: ASTM A106, SCHEDULE 80 SEAMLESS, GRADE B. (8) CARBON STEEL PIPE: ASTM A106, SCHEDULE 40 SEAMLESS, GRADE B. (9) CARBON STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 40 SEAMLESS, GRADE A OR B; OR ASTM A106 SCHEDULE 40 SEAMLESS, GRADE B. (10) WROUGHT IRON PIPE: ASTM A72, LAP WELDED, GRADE A; OR ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 80 SEAMLESS, GRADE A. (11) CARBON STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 80 SEAMLESS, GRADE A. (12) COPPER PIPE: ASTM B280, TYPE ACR, REFRIGERANT GRADE, HARD TEMPER, DEOXIDIZED. (CHARGED WITH NITROGEN AND CAPPED AT THE FACTORY). (13) CAST IRON PIPE: ANSI/ASTM A74, STANDARD SERVICE WEIGHT. (14) HARD DRAWN COPPER PIPE TYPE L OR GALVANIZED PIPE. (15 )PVC DRAINAGE PIPE: SDR 35 AND ASTM D-3034 OR ASTM F-794. (16) PVC PIPE: ASTM D-1784, ASTM D-1785, SCHEDULE 40, SOCKET WELD. VALVES (52)BALL VALVES Up to and including 3 Inches: 600 WOG, bronze body, stainless steel ball, full port opening (1/4" through 1" size, standard port 1-1/4" and greater), TFE seats, lever handle, solder ends. Where piping is insulated, ball valves shall be equipped with 2" extended handles. Design selection based on NIBCO S-580-70-66. Acceptable Manufacturers: Apollo Valve and Milwaukee. FITTINGS AND FABRICATION (A) Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: ASTM C564, neoprene gasketing system or lead and oakum. (B) Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Hub -and -spigot, CISPI HSN compression type with ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets or lead and oakum. (C) Fittings: Cast iron. Joints: Neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp -and -shield assemblies. (D) Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.3, cast bronze or ANSI/ASME B16.29, wrought copper. Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95 TA. (E) Fittings: ANSI/AWWA A21.10/C110 standard thickness with cement lining ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C 104. Joints: Restraining joint type; U.S. pipe "Field Lok" gasket in compliance with ANSI/AWWA A21.1/C111. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 2 of 7 (F) Fittings: Cast bronze, flared type per ANSI/ASME B16.26. Joints: Flared type. (G) Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.23 cast brass, or ANSI/ASME B16.29 wrought copper. Joints: ANSI/ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95 TA. (H) Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.3 malleable iron Class 125 or ASTM A234 forged steel, Class 125 welding type. Joints: Screwed for pipe two inches and under; ANSI/AWS D1.1 welded, for pipe over two inches. (I) Fittings: ASTM A234, forged steel welding type, with ANSI/AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket, or double layer of half -lapped 10 mil polyethylene. Joints: ANSI/AWS D1.1, welded. (J) Fittings: ASTM D2683 socket type. Joints: Fusion weld per ASTM D3261. (K) Fittings: ASTM D-2665, Schedule 80 PVC DWV, socket weld. Joints: Solvent weld with IPS Comp., No. 711 solvent; or equal. (L) Fittings: ASTM F-439, Schedule 80 CPVC, socket weld. Joints: Solvent weld with IPS Comp., No. 714 solvent; or equal. (M) Fittings: ASTM A-197 malleable iron, 150 psi. Joints: Less than 3 inches - screwed ends. 3 inches or greater - flanged ends. (N) Fittings: ANSI/ASTM B16.3, malleable iron Class 250 or ASTM A234 forged steel welding type, Class 300. Joints: Less than 3 inches - screwed ends. 3 inches or greater - ANSI/AWS D1.1 welded. (0) Fittings: ASME 816.22 wrought copper. Joints: Brazed, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorous/copper alloy with melting range 1190°F to 1480°F. (P) Fittings: ASTM D-3033, ASTM D-3034, or ASTM F-789. Joints: ASTM F477 elastomeric gaskets. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Route piping in an orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. B. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space and other work. C. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. D. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Provide concrete thrust blocks on buried piping. E. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and fittings. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 3 of 7 F. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors. G. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. H. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. J. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. K. All new piping penetrations in floors and walls shall be sleeved as described below: 1. Sleeves with Hand Packed Seals: a. In Existing and New Masonry and Gypsum Board Walls and Existing Floors: Core drill opening and form with Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, ASTM A-53 or ASTM A-120. Group sleeves in place. All sleeves shall be sized to provide a minimum, .25 inch space between the O.D. of the piping and the I.D. of the sleeve. b. New, Concrete Walls and Floors: Factory fabricated from heavy gauge welded or seamless steel pipe; full circle water stop, continuously welded on both sides; factory primed; minimum .25 inch space between O.D. of pipe and I.D. of sleeve. Design selection based on Thunderline Corp., Link -Seal Wall Sleeve, Model WS; or approved equal. c. Sleeves - Non -Fire Rated: Form with Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, ASTM A-53; or ASTM A-120. All sleeves shall be sized to provide a minimum .25 inch space between the O.D. of the pipe and the I.D. of the sleeve. d. Firmly pack sleeving space to a minimum depth of 2 inches on both sides of the penetration. In the event that one side of the penetration is inaccessible, a minimum 4 inch depth shall be paced in from the accessible side. Damming material may be used, but shall be removed after curing. e. Non -Fire -Stopping Insulation: High density fiberglass. f. Caulk -Fire Rated: One component ceramic fiber -based putty, UL -rated material classified for use in through -penetration firestop systems, flame spread/smoke contribution: 0/0, in accordance with ASTM D-84, maximum 1% shrinkage. Fire -rated caulk shall be by Carborundum Co., Fiberfax Fyre Putty. 1) Acceptable Manufacturers: (a) Pecora. (b) 3M. g. Caulk - Non -Fire Rated: Architectural grade silicone caulk, ASTM C920, Type S, NS, Class 25; caulk shall be General Electric Contractors 1000 Sealant. 1) Acceptable Manufacturers: (a) Dow Corning. (b) DAP. 2. Sleeves with Modular Mechanical Type Seals: a. In Existing Walls and Floors: Core drill opening to the size as required by the seal manufacturer. b. New, Poured Concrete Walls and Floors: Factory fabricated from heavy gauge welded or seamless steel pipe; full circle water stop, continuously welded on both sides; factory primed; minimum .25 inch space between O.D. of pipe and I.D. of sleeve. The installation shall be as detailed on the drawings. Design selection based on Thunderline Corp., Link -Seal Wall Sleeve, Model WS. 1) Acceptable Manufacturers: (a) Flexi Craft. (b) Trumbull Industries. c. Seals: Interlocking, modular mechanical type, assembled to form a continuous belt around the pipe; molded pressure plates under each bolt and nut, with molded pocket on nut pressure plate to prevent nut from turning when bolt is tightened; belt molded BCK-181/101820 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 4 of 7 from synthetic rubber that resists aging and cracking from sunlight, ozone, chemicals and extreme temperature variations; stainless steel bolts and nuts. The installation shall be as detailed on the drawings. Design selection based on Thunderline Corp., Link -Seal; or approved equal. 1) Acceptable Manufacturers: (a) Flexi Craft. (b) Trumbull Industries. L. Install a valve box and cover, extending from the valve to final grade, for each valve buried in the ground. M. Service boxes shall be set plumb and shall be independently supported on two bricks so no weight will be transmitted to the curb stop or carrier pipe. N. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Mains: 1. Horizontal and Vertical Separation: Water main shall be laid at least 10 feet horizontally from any existing or proposed sewer main. The distance shall be measured edge to edge. In cases where not practical to maintain a 10 foot separation, provided that the sewer main is in a separate trench or on an undisturbed earth shelf located on one side of the sewer and at an elevation so the bottom of the water main is at least 18 inches above the top of the sewer. If it is impossible to obtain proper horizontal and vertical separation as described above, both the water main and sewer must be constructed of slip- on or mechanical joint pipe complying with public water supply design standards of the agency and be pressure tested to 150 psi to assure watertightness before backfilling. 2. Crossings: Water mains crossing sewer mains shall be laid to provide a minimum vertical distance of 18 inches between the outside of the water main and the outside of the sewer. This shall be the case where the water main is either above or below the sewer. The crossing shall be arranged so that the sewer joints will be equidistant and as far as possible from the water main joints. Where a water main crosses under a sewer, adequate structural support shall be provided for the sewer to maintain line and grade. When it is impossible to obtain proper horizontal and vertical separation as stipulated above, one of the following methods must be used: a. The sewer shall be constructed of the same material as the water pipe and shall be pressure tested at 150 psi to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. b. Either the water main or the sewer line may be encased in a watertight carrier pipe, which extends 10 feet on both sides of the crossing, measured perpendicular to the water main. The carrier pipe shall be of materials approved by the regulatory agency for use in water main construction. 3. Laying Pipe: a. Lay pipe to line and grade with joints close and even. Excavate adequate bell holes to facilitate joint assembly and to permit a uniform bearing on undisturbed earth for the pipe barrel. On disturbed earth, provide 6" deep compacted sand bedding layer. Unless otherwise noted, minimum depth of pipe shall be 4'-6" measured from the top of the pipe to the finished or existing grade, whichever is lower. b. Keep the trench free from water. Do not lay or test pipe in a wet trench. c. Lay water pipe on a continuously rising grade from low points to high points at service lines, hydrants, or air valves. d. Use restrained joint connections at bends, tees, caps, and plug as shown on the drawings. 4. Push -On Joints: Make joints with a rubber ring and sterile lubricant. The materials used shall be free of water, oil, tar, grease, or other foreign substances. 5. Mechanical Joints: Conform strictly to the manufacturer's instructions with particular reference to gland alignment and the tightening of the bolts. BCK-161/101821 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page5of7 6. Cutting: Cut pipe at right angles to the axis with sharp tools. Prepare ends for proper connections. Do not lay cut pipe within three lengths of a bend or the end of a line without written approval. 7. Protecting Pipe: a. Keep pipe clean from all sediment, debris, packing material, and other foreign material. b. Close all open ends of pipes and fittings securely with removable plugs at end of each workday, during storms, and when the work is left at any time. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install ball or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. C. Install ball or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services. D. Use butterfly valves in heating water systems and in chilled water systems interchangeably with gate and globe valves. E. Use lug end butterfly valves to isolate equipment. F. Provide %" ball drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Pipe to nearest drain. G. Provide di -electric pipe unions or flanged gasketed connections wherever dissimilar materials are joined. H. All vent piping extensions through the roof must be kept away from any fresh air intakes or wall louvers and mechanical equipment fresh air intakes by a minimum of 10 feet. This contractor to coordinate vent piping with existing/new equipment installed by others. 3.04 TESTS A. Plumbing: 1. Do all testing as described herein. No piping shall be fully buried or insulated until it has been pressure tested and proven tight. 2. System shall be pressure tested at pressures described. Test pressures for systems shall be maintained as long as required to determine tightness of system and/or as long as required to inspect joints visually or with painted soap solution. Wherever testing indicates leaks, repair in a manner prescribed by Architect or Engineer, and reprocess test until system is proven tight. 3. Equipment in or attached to the pipes being tested shall be isolated from the system by valving. Any damage to equipment that has not been properly isolated from the system, as a result of the pressure testing, shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense. 4. Provide all pumps, gauges, materials, equipment, power and labor to make the tests listed below. Where more than one test method is specified, select the method best suited for this project. 5. Test plumbing drainage and vent systems upon completion of the roughed -in piping installation using water or air to require the removal of any clean-out plugs to ascertain if the pressure has reached all parts of the system. a. Water Test: Apply water test to the drainage system either in its entirety or in section s after piping has been roughed -in. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 6 of 7 1) If applied to the entire system, tightly close openings in the piping except the highest opening, and fill the system with water to point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, tightly plug each open, except the highest opening of the section being tested. Fill each section with water, not less than with a 10 ft. head of water. 2) In testing successive sections, test at least the upper 10 ft. of the next proceeding section so that a joint or pipe in the building (except the uppermost 10 ft. of the system) shall not have been submitted to a test of less than 10 ft. head of water. Keep water in the system or in the portion being tested for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. System shall be tight at all points. b. Air Test: (Air test shall not be used on any type of plastic, PVC, or PVC piping. Conduct air test by attaching an air compressor testing apparatus to a suitable opening and after closing other inlets and outlets to the system, force air into the system until there is a uniform gauge pressure of five pounds per square inch (psi) or sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10" in height. Hold pressure without introduction of additional air for a period of 15 minutes minimum. 6. All water piping for a supply and distribution shall be valved off from the supply and tested with static cold water at 125 PSIG or 11/2 times its working pressure for three (3) hours without leaks or pressure drop. 7. All piping for fire protection system per NFPA Code 13, local authorities and the Owner's insurance carrier. 8. If any line fails pressure testing, the Contractor shall explore for the cause of the failure and repair the line. After the repair has been made, the line shall be re -tested. This process shall be repeated until the line passes pressure testing. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 10 05 - PLUMBING PIPING Page 7 of 7 SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush Valve Water Closets. B. Lavatories. C. Sinks. D. Showers. E. ADA Showers 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 90 05 - Joint Sealers: Seal fixtures to walls and floors. B. Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing Equipment. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUSH VALVE WATER CLOSETS A. Water Closet WC: 1. Bowl: ADA Compliant, floor mounted, top spud, vitreous china, ASME A112.19.2, elongated rim, siphon jet flush action, 1.6 gallon flush. a. Design based on Kohler, Highcliff, Model K-4368. 2. Flush valve: Handle operated, exposed, top spud ASME A112.18.1, diaphragm type, complete with vacuum breaker stops and accessories. 1.6 gallon flush. a. Design based on Sloan, Regal, Model 111. 3. Seat: Solid white plastic, open front, extended back, self-sustaining hinge, brass bolts, without cover. a. Design based on Beneke, Model 523. 2.02 LAVATORIES A. Lavatory (L-1) 1. Drop-in sink provided with casework. 2. Faucet: ADA compliant, lever operated faucet. a. Lever operated faucet: Polished chrome plate, NSF compliant, single hole drilling. Ceramic cartridge. Vandal resistant, 0.5 gpm flow restricting aerator. 1) Design based on Speakman, Model S -3562 -LD -BO. 2.03 SHOWERS A. Shower Manufacturers: 1. Fiat, model RM BCK-IBI/101821 Section 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 1 of 3 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. B. Precast terrazzo basin, 36" x 36" .Drain body is of stainless steel, cast integral, and shall provide for a caulked lead connection not less than one -inch deep to a two-inch pipe, with Removable type strainer plate C. The terrazzo is made of marble chips cast in white portland cement to produce a compressive strength of not less than 3000 P.S.I. seven days after casting D. Terrazzo surface is ground and polished with all air holes and/or pits to be grouted and excess removed. E. Terrazzo color shall be white with white marble chips. F. Trim: 1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with pressure balanced mixing valves, integral service stops, bent shower arm with adjustable spray ball joint shower head with maximum 2.5 gpm flow, and escutcheon. ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated vandal -proof institutional head with integral wall bracket, built-in 2.5 gpm flow control. a. Design Based on Kohler K-TS396-4E 2.04 SHOWERS (ADA) SHOWER A. Shower basin and wall shall be ceramic tile. B. Shower Head: 1. ADA compliant: ASME A112.18.1; concealed shower supply with pressure balanced mixing valves, integral service stops, slidebar kit, valve trim, slide showerbent shower arm with adjustable spray ball joint shower head with maximum 2.5 gpm flow, and escutcheon. 2. Design Based on Kohler K-10827-4. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. C. Confirm that millwork is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of counter top lavatories and sinks. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Rough -in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough -in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with loose key stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install components level and plumb. D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports and bolts. E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Section 07 90 05, color to match fixture. F. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS A. Review millwork shop drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 2 of 3 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage due to subsequent construction operations. B. Do not permit use of fixtures by construction personnel. C. Repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion. 3.08 SCHEDULES A. Fixture Heights: Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as indicated. 1. Water Closet Flush Valves: a. Standard: 11 inches min. above bowl rim. b. Recessed: 10 inches min. above bowl rim. 2. Urinal: a. Standard: 22 inches to top of bowl rim. b. Accessible: 17 inches to top of bowl rim. 3. Lavatory: a. Standard: 31 inches to top of basin rim. b. Accessible: 34 inches to top of basin rim. 4. Shower Heads: a. Adult Male: 69.5 inches to bottom of head. b. Adult Female: 64.5 inches to bottom of head. c. Child: 58.5 inches to bottom of head. B. Fixture Rough -In 1. Water Closet (Flush Valve Type): a. Cold Water: 1 Inch. b. Waste: 4 Inch. c. Vent: 2 Inch. 2. Lavatory: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-1/2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. 3. Bathtub: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-1/2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. 4. Shower: a. Hot Water: 1/2 Inch. b. Cold Water: 1/2 Inch. c. Waste: 1-1/2 Inch. d. Vent: 1-1/4 Inch. END OF SECTION BCK-181/101821 Section 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 3 of 3 SECTION 23 3416 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inline centrifugal fans. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ABMA STD 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings; 2015. B. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook; 2010. C. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating; 2007. D. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans; 2014. E. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data; 2014. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Greenheck; BCF -108: 2.02 IN-LINE EXHAUST FAN A. Backward Inclined: Steel construction with smooth curved inlet flange, heavy back plate, backwardly curved blades welded or riveted to flange and back plate; cast iron hub riveted to back plate and keyed to shaft with set screws. B. HOUSING 1. Factory finish before assembly to manufacturer's standard. For fans handling air downstream of humidifiers, provide two additional coats of paint. Prime coating on aluminum parts is not required. 2. Provide bolted construction with horizontal flanged split housing, where indicated. C. BEARINGS AND DRIVES 1. Bearings: Heavy duty pillow block type, selfgreasing ball bearings, with ABMA STD 9 life at 50,000 hours. 2. Shafts: Hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with keyway, protectively coated with lubricating oil, and shaft guard. D. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. 3. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. 4. Performance Base: Sea level conditions. 5. Temperature Limit: Maximum 300 degrees F. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 23 34 16 - CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS Page 1 of 1 SECTION 23 37 00 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Registers/grilles. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AMCA 500-L - Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating; 2012. B. ASHRAE Std 70 - Method of Testing the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets; 2006 (R2011). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ASHRAE Std 70. B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES A. Type: Streamlined blades, 3/4 inch minimum depth, 3/4 inch maximum spacing, with blades set at 45 degrees, horizontal face. B. Fabrication: aluminum with 20 gage, 0.0359 inch minimum frames and 22 gage, 0.0299 inch minimum blades, aluminum with 20 gage, 0.0359 inch minimum frame, or aluminum extrusions, with factory baked enamel finish. C. Color: White. D. Damper: Integral, gang -operated, opposed blade type with removable key operator, operable from face where not individually connected to exhaust fans. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and lighting arrangement. C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. D. Provide balancing dampers on duct take -off to diffusers, and grilles and registers, despite whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, or grille and register assembly. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 23 37 00 -AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS Page 1 of 1 SECTION 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding and bonding requirements. B. Conductors for grounding and bonding. C. Connectors for grounding and bonding. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 05 19 - Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding. B. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. IEEE 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System; 2012. B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E. Grounding System Resistance: 1. Achieve specified grounding system resistance under normally dry conditions unless otherwise approved by Architect. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. 2. Grounding Electrode System: Not greater than 5 ohms to ground, when tested according to IEEE 81 using "fall -of -potential" method. 3. Between Grounding Electrode System and Major Electrical Equipment Frames, System Neutral, and Derived Neutral Points: Not greater than 0.5 ohms, when tested using "point-to-point" methods. 2.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. BCK-181/101821 Section 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1of3 B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 26 05 26: 1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions: 1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). 2. Factory Pre -fabricated Bonding Jumpers: Furnished with factory -installed ferrules; size braided cables to provide equivalent gage of specified conductors. C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. a. Exceptions: 1) Use exothermic welded connections for connections to metal building frame. 4. Manufacturers - Mechanical and Compression Connectors: a. Burndy: www.burndy.com. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding: www.harger.com. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. 5. Manufacturers - Exothermic Welded Connections: a. Burndy: www.burndy.com. b. Cadweld, a brand of Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com. c. ThermOweld, a brand of Continental Industries, Inc: www.thermoweld.com. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install grounding and bonding system components in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. 1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces. 3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. BCK-181/101820 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 3 Section 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING D. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 26 05 53. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page3of3 SECTION 26 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Support and attachment components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 05 34 - Conduit: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits. B. Section 26 05 37 - Boxes: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2013. D. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for metal channel (strut) framing systems, non -penetrating rooftop supports, and post -installed concrete and masonry anchors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable. 3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported with a minimum safety factor of 2. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock Toads where applicable. 4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 5. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted. 6. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc -plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. c. Zinc -Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d. Galvanized Steel: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. BCK-161/101821 Section 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 3 B. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1. Conduit Straps: One -hole or two -hole type; steel or malleable iron. 2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. 3. Manufacturers: a. Cooper Crouse -Hinds, a division of Eaton Corporation: www.cooperindustries.com. b. Erico International Corporation: www.erico.com. c. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation: www.emersonindustrial.com. C. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers, brackets, etc. suitable for the boxes to be supported. D. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory -fabricated continuous -slot metal channel (strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field -assembly of supports. 1. Comply with MFMA-4. E. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc -plated steel unless otherwise indicated. 1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch diameter. b. Single Conduit up to 1 inch (27mm) trade size: 1/4 inch diameter. c. Single Conduit larger than 1 inch (27mm) trade size: 3/8 inch diameter. d. Trapeze Support for Multiple Conduits: 3/8 inch diameter. e. Outlet Boxes: 1/4 inch diameter. f. Luminaires: 1/4 inch diameter. F. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install support and attachment components in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck. F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G. Equipment Support and Attachment: 1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required. 2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface -mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface -mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. BCK-161/101820 FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 3 Section 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 4. Securely fasten floor -mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. H. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. I. Remove temporary supports. END OF SECTION BCK-161/101821 Section 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 3 SECTION 26 05 34 CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). B. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). C. PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC). D. Flexible metal conduit (FMC). E. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). F. Rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit. G. Conduit fittings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. B. C. D. E. Section 03 30 00 Section 07 84 00 Section 26 05 26 - Section 26 05 29 - Section 26 05 35 - - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Concrete encasement of conduits. - Firestopping. Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. Surface Raceways. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005. B. ANSI C80.6 - American National Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit (EIMC); 2005. C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. D. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013. E. NECA 111 - Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, LFNC); 2003. F. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. G. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl -Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit; 2005. H. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit; 2013. I. NEMA TC 3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing; 2015. J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. K. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. L. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. M. UL 360 - Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. N. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 651 - Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 1242 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit -Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. BCK-181/101821 Section 26 05 34 - CONDUIT Page 1 of 5 B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with the most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. C. Underground: D. Embedded Within Concrete: 1. Within Slab on Grade (within structural slabs only where approved by Structural Engineer): Use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit, or rigid PVC conduit. E. Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Maximum Length: 6 feet unless otherwise indicated. 4. Vibrating equipment includes, but is not limited to: a. Transformers. b. Motors. 2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements, are free from corrosion, and integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them. B. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1. Branch Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. 2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 3. Control Circuits: 1/2 inch (16 mm) trade size. 4. Flexible Connections to Luminaires: 3/8 inch (12 mm) trade size. E. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. B. Fittings: 1. Non -Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.04 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type IMC galvanized steel intermediate metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.6 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 1242. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 26 05 34 - CONDUIT Page 2 of 5 B. Fittings: 1. Non -Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.05 PVC -COATED GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit with external polyvinyl chloride (PVC) coating complying with NEMA RN 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. B. Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), nominal thickness of 40 mil. C. PVC -Coated Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of PVC -coated conduit to be installed. 2. Non -Hazardous Locations: Use fittings listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Exterior Coating: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), minimum thickness of 40 mil. D. PVC -Coated Supports: Furnish with exterior coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), minimum thickness of 15 mil. 2.06 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. B. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.07 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. B. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 5146. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 2.08 RIGID POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) CONDUIT A. Description: NFPA 70, Type PVC rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit complying with NEMA TC 2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; Schedule 40 unless otherwise indicated, Schedule 80 where subject to physical damage; rated for use with conductors rated 90 degrees C. B. Fittings: 1. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of conduit to be connected. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA TC 3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 651; material to match conduit. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. BCK-161/101821 Section 26 05 34 - CONDUIT Page 3of5 B. Install conduit in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) in accordance with NECA 101. D. Install intermediate metal conduit (IMC) in accordance with NECA 101. E. Install PVC -coated galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC) using only tools approved by the manufacturer. F. Install rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conduit in accordance with NECA 111. G. Conduit Support: 1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. H. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use approved zinc -rich paint or conduit joint compound on field -cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads. 3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 6. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 7. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7. Make penetrations for roof -mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00. J. Underground Installation: 1. Provide trenching and backfilling in accordance with Sections 31 23 16 and 31 23 23. K. Embedment Within Structural Concrete Slabs (only where approved by Structural Engineer): 1. Secure conduits to prevent floating or movement during pouring of concrete. L. Concrete Encasement: Where conduits not otherwise embedded within concrete are indicated to be concrete -encased, provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00 with minimum concrete cover of 3 inches on all sides unless otherwise indicated. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 26 05 34 - CONDUIT Page 4 of 5 M. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection. 2. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. N. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. O. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 34 - CONDUIT Page 5 of 5 SECTION 26 05 35 SURFACE RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface raceway systems. B. Combination Data/Power dual compartment raceways. C. Power Poles (vertical architectural columns) D. Wireways. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 05 34 - Conduit. D. Section 26 05 37 - Boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. C. UL 5 - Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. D. UL 111 - Outline of Investigation for Multioutlet Assemblies; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. E. UL 870 - Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the placement of raceways with millwork, furniture, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others. 2. Coordinate rough -in locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 37 and conduit provided under Section 26 05 34 as required for installation of raceways provided under this section. 3. Verify minimum sizes of raceways with the actual conductors and components to be installed. 4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install raceways until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 2. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of raceways is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Wireways: Provide dimensioned plan and elevation views including adjacent equipment with all required clearances indicated. C. Samples: Three of each type and color of surface raceway system specified, 6 inches in length. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 35 - SURFACE RACEWAYS Page 1 of 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all components, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Do not use raceways for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 2.02 SURFACE RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated: www.hubbell-wiring.com. 2. MonoSystems, Inc: www.monosystems.com. 3. Wiremold, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc: www.legrand.us. B. Surface Metal Raceways: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 5. C. Provide Wiremold Legrand DS4000 series raceways for dual compartment power and data wiring providing proper bending radius for Cat6a data and fiber cabling. D. Provide Wiremold Legrand 3000 series raceways for single compartment services for power or data only single services. E. Provide Legrand Vista Large Rounded (13"x4" approx) Furniture feed columns for power poles in Elementary Library Legrand model number VFL662345 with light gray panel and required adapters. F. Multioutlet Assemblies: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 111. 2.03 WIREWAYS A. Description: Lay -in wireways and wiring troughs with removable covers; listed and labeled as complying with UL 870. B. Wireway Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated: C. Where wireway size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not Tess than applicable minimum size requirements specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings. B. Verify that outlet boxes and conduit terminations are installed in proper locations and are properly sized in accordance with NFPA 70 to accommodate raceways. C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive raceways and that final surface finishes are complete, including painting. D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install raceways in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1. C. Install raceways plumb and level. D. Arrange wireways and associated raceway connections to comply with NFPA 70, including but not limited to requirements for deflected conductors and wireways used as pullboxes. Increase size of wireway where necessary. E. Secure and support raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 29 at intervals complying with NFPA 70 and manufacturer's requirements. F. Close unused raceway openings. BCK-IBI/101820 Section 26 05 35 - SURFACE RACEWAYS Page 2 of 3 G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 35 - SURFACE RACEWAYS Page 3 of 3 SECTION 26 05 37 BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. B. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. D. Section 26 05 34 - Conduit: 1. Conduit bodies and other fittings. E. Section 26 05 35 - Surface Raceways: F. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: 1. Wall plates. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010. C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. D. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet -Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; 2013. E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non -Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA 70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70. 5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others. 6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush -mounted boxes where indicated. 8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 37 - BOXES Page1 of 3 B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for cabinets and enclosures, boxes for hazardous (classified) locations, floor boxes, and underground boxes/enclosures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOXES A. General Requirements: 1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches, Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Use sheet -steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush -mounted in concrete. 4. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush -mounted in masonry walls. 5. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required. 6. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction. 7. Do not use "through -wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 8. Sheet -Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 9. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs. 10. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 11. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single -piece construction. Do not use field -connected gangable boxes. 12. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 26 27 26. C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: 1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A. 2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches: a. Provide screw -cover or hinged -cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. BCK-181/101820 Section 26 05 37 - BOXES Page 2 of 3 B. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1 and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated. C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. E. Box Locations: 1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section 08 31 00 as required where approved by the Architect. 2. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 3. Do not install flush -mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back. Provide minimum 6 inches horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. 4. Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush -mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced. F. Box Supports: 1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 05 29 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. G. Install boxes plumb and level. H. Flush -Mounted Boxes: 1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch or does not project beyond finished surface. 2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch at the edge of the box. L Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. J. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. K. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 84 00. L. Close unused box openings. M. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. N. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 37 - BOXES Page 3 of 3 SECTION 26 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical identification requirements. B. Identification nameplates and labels. C. Wire and cable markers. D. Voltage markers. E. Underground warning tape. F. Warning signs and labels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 05 19 - Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape. B. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices - Lutron: Device and wallplate finishes; factory pre -marked wallplates. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs; 2011. B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2011. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including AH Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace; 2015. E. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not already identified in accordance with specified requirements. B. Identification for Equipment: 1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Switchboards: 1) Identify voltage and phase. 2) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Use identification nameplate to identify Ioad(s) served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces. b. Panelboards: 1) Identify ampere rating. 2) Identify voltage and phase. 3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify Ioad(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 1 of 6 5) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces. c. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers: 1) Identify voltage and phase. 2) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of equipment. d. Enclosed Contactors: 1) Identify ampere rating. 2) Identify voltage and phase. e. Transfer Switches: 1) Identify voltage and phase. 2) Identify power source and circuit number for both normal power source and standby power source. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 4) Identify short circuit current rating based on the specific overcurrent protective device type and settings protecting the transfer switch. 2. Service Equipment: a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service disconnecting means. b. For buildings or structures supplied by more than one service, or any combination of branch circuits, feeders, and services, use identification nameplate or means of identification acceptable to authority having jurisdiction at each service disconnecting means to identify all other services, feeders, and branch circuits supplying that building or structure. Verify format and descriptions with authority having jurisdiction. c. Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify the available fault current and the date calculations were performed. 3. Emergency System Equipment: a. Use identification nameplate or voltage marker to identify emergency system equipment in accordance with NFPA 70. b. Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify type and location of on-site emergency power sources. 4. Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70, including but not limited to the following. a. Service equipment. b. Industrial control panels. c. Motor control centers. d. Elevator control panels. e. Industrial machinery. 5. Use warning labels, identification nameplates, or identification labels to identify electrical hazards for equipment where multiple power sources are present with the word message "DANGER; Hazardous voltage; Multiple power sources may be present; Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing" or approved equivalent. C. Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05 19. 2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch -circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. 3. Use wire and cable markers to identify circuit number or other designation indicated for power, control, and instrumentation conductors and cables at the following locations: BCK-IBI/101820 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 2 of 6 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR D. Identification for Raceways: 1. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify circuits enclosed for accessible conduits at wall penetrations, at floor penetrations, at roof penetrations, and at equipment terminations when source is not within sight. 2. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify spare conduits at each end. Identify purpose and termination location. 3. Use underground warning tape to identify underground raceways. E. Identification for Boxes: 1. Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed. F. Identification for Devices: 1. Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 26 27 26. 2. Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. a. For devices concealed above suspended ceilings, provide additional identification on ceiling tile below device location. 3. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify serving branch circuit for all receptacles. 4. Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection, where permitted. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Identification Nameplates: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com. b. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com. c. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. 2. Materials: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use. 3. Plastic Nameplates: Two -layer or three -layer laminated acrylic or electrically non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch; engraved text. 4. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser -etched text. 5. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser -etched text. 6. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes. B. Identification Labels: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com. b. Brother International Corporation: www.brother-usa.com. 2. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant. 3. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine -printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated. C. Format for Equipment Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches. 2. Legend: a. Equipment designation or other approved description. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 3 of 6 4. Minimum Text Height: a. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch. 5. Color: a. Normal Power System: White text on black background. D. Format for Caution and Warning Messages: 1. Minimum Size: 2 inches by 4 inches. 2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch. 5. Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated. E. Format for Receptacle Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch by 1.5 inches. 2. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch. 5. Color: Black text on clear background. F. Format for Fire Alarm Device Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch by 1.5 inches. 2. Legend: Designation indicated and device zone or address. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch. 5. Color: Red text on white background. 2.03 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com. 2. HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com. 3. Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com. B. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self -laminating, heat -shrink sleeve, plastic sleeve, plastic clip -on, or vinyl split sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified. C. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties. D. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. E. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine -printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated. F. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch. G. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. 2.04 VOLTAGE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com. 3. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. B. Markers for Conduits: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl, self-adhesive vinyl cloth, or vinyl snap -around type markers. C. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers. D. Minimum Size: E. Legend: 1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present. BCK-IBI/101820 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 4of6 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR F. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com. 3. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com. B. Materials: Use foil -backed detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless otherwise indicated. C. Foil -backed Detectable Type Tape: 3 inches wide, with minimum thickness of 5 mil, unless otherwise required for proper detection. D. Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape. E. Color: 1. Tape for Buried Communication, Alarm, and Signal Lines: Black text on orange background. 2.06 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. B. Warning Signs: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl signs. 2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. 3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Warning Labels: 1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine -printed self-adhesive polyester or self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2. Machine -Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by Zabel manufacturer. 3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows: 1. Surface -Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front. 2. Flush -Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door. 3. Free -Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access. 4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform. 5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device. 6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access. 7. Conduits: Legible from the floor. 8. Boxes: Outside face of cover. 9. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. 10. Devices: Outside face of cover. C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified. D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 5 of 6 E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade. G. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. H. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Page 6 of 6 Section 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Coverplates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECA - Standard of Installation. B. NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices. C. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 COLORS A. Submit standard colors available for devices and faceplates. Architect will select color options as a single option, or a selection by space or general area. Include the costs for brushed stainless steel in all areas and present options for plastic colored plates and oversized plates that will be utilized in selected areas. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Description: NEMA WD 1, General -Duty, AC only general -use snap switch rated for 20A. B. Body and Handle: Plastic with toggle handle. C. Design Make: Hubbell Cat. No. CSB120ICN (single pole) and CSB320ICN (three-way), or approved equal. 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Duplex Convenience Receptacle: 1. Side and back wired. 2. Flush nylon face, 125 volt, 20 amp, 2 pole, 3 wire. 3. Design Make: Hubbell Cat. No. 53521 or approved equal. B. GFCI Receptacle: 1. Side and back wired. 2. Smooth nylon face. 3. Design Make: Hubbell Cat. No. GF5352 or approved equal. 2.03 COVER PLATES A. Stainless Steel Cover Plates: 1. Type 302 or 304, satin finish, 0.040" thick, accurately die cut, protected with release paper. 2. Flush mounting plates shall be beveled with smooth rolled outer edge. 3. Surface mounting plates shall be beveled and pressure formed for smooth edge to fit box. 4. Where two -gang boxes are required for single gang devices. Provide special plates with device opening in one gang and second gang blank. BCK-181/101821 Section 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES Page 1 of 2 5. Due to varied color selections of spaces, the final finishes of plates will be made by Architect for all areas where stainless is not preferred. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Division 01. B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. C. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install devices plumb and level. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Division 01. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Refer to Division 01. B. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.05 CLEANING A. Refer to Division 01. B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION BCK-161/101820 Section 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES Page 2 of 2 SECTION 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires. B. Emergency lighting units. C. Exit signs. D. Ballasts and drivers. E. Emergency power supply units. F. Lamps. G. Luminaire accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 05 37 - Boxes. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C82.11 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts - Supplements; 2011. B. IESNA LM -63 - ANSI Approved Standard File Format for Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information; 2002 (Reaffirmed 2008). C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. D. NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; 2006. E. NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; 2006. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code; 2015. H. UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. 1. Provide electronic files of photometric data certified by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) lab or independent testing agency in IESNA LM -63 standard format for proposed substitutions. 2. Ballasts: Include wiring diagrams and list of compatible lamp configurations. 3. Lamps: Include rated life, color temperature, color rendering index (CRI), and initial and mean lumen output. 4. Fluorescent Emergency Power Supply Unit: Include list of compatible lamp configurations and associated lumen output. 5. For LED fixtures, provide fixtures that meet or exceed the tested total luminaire efficiency of the specified fixtures. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING Page 1 of 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, except where individual luminaire types are designated with substitutions not permitted. 2.02 LUMINAIRES A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable. C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. E. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system. F. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc. 2.03 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. B. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20 percent voltage drop from nominal, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps to integral battery power for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source. C. Battery: 1. Size battery to supply all connected lamps, including emergency remote heads where indicated. D. Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integral test switch to manually activate emergency operation. E. Provide low -voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge. 2.04 EXIT SIGNS A. Description: Exit signs and similar signs for special purpose applications such as area of refuge/rescue assistance. 6. Description: Internally illuminated exit signs with LEDs unless otherwise indicated; complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. 1. Number of Faces: Single or double as indicated or as required for the installed location. 2. Directional Arrows: As indicated or as required for the installed location. 2.05 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Company/GE Lighting: www.gelighting.com. 2. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc; www.lutron.com. 3. Osram Sylvania: www.sylvania.com. 4. Philips Lighting Electronics/Advance: www.advance.philips.com. B. Ballasts - General Requirements: 1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). 2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide NEMA premium ballasts program start unless otherwise specified. BCK-161/101820 Section 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING Page 2 of 3 2.06 EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY UNITS A. Description: Self-contained emergency power supply units suitable for use with indicated luminaires, complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924. B. Compatibility: 1. Drivers: Compatible with all specified and supplied drivers. C. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamp(s) to the emergency power supply for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source. D. Diagnostics: Provide accessible and visible multi -chromatic combination test switch/indicator light to display charge, test, and diagnostic status and to manually activate emergency operation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 37 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section. B. Install products according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1 (general workmanship), NECA 500 (commercial lighting), and NECA 502 (industrial lighting). D. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. E. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. F. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. G. Emergency Lighting Units: H. Exit Signs: I. Fluorescent Emergency Power Supply Units: J. Install lamps in each luminaire. 3.02 ADJUSTING A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by Architect. Secure locking fittings in place. B. Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of egress path as required or as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction. C. Exit Signs with Field -Selectable Directional Arrows: Set as indicated or as required to properly designate egress path as directed by Architect or authority having jurisdiction. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION BCK-181/101821 Section 26 51 00 - INTERIOR LIGHTING Page 3 of 3 SECTION 28 31 00 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire alarm control panel (Existing to be modified). B. Addressable initiating devices. C. Fire alarm signaling appliances. D. Magnetic door holders. E. Fire alarm wire and cable. F. Carbon Monoxide detection and alarm. (Connected to Fire Alarm System) 1.02 REFERENCES A. Refer to Division 01. B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. NFPA 72 - Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Protective Signaling Systems. D. NFPA 72E - Automatic Fire Detectors. E. NFPA 72G - Notification Appliances for Protective Signaling Systems. F. NFPA 72H - Guide for Test Procedures for Protective Signaling Systems. G. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72, manual and addressable local fire alarm system with connections to municipal system via digital communicator. B. All fire alarm pull stations and a/v units shall be red unless otherwise indicated including junction boxes, exposed back boxes, and coverplates. C. Refer to drawings for motor connections and fan shutdown relay requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Provide product data, catalog cuts for components. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: The existing systems are Simplex 4100 fire alarm systems. All new equipment to be Simplex, or UL listed equipment with the Simplex system. C. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. E. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.06 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Refer to Division 01. B. Provide service and maintenance of fire alarm equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 28 31 00 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Page 1 of 4 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Simplex. B. Approved equal. C. Substitutions: Refer to Division 01. 2.02 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (EXISTS) A. Addressable Communications Channel: Addressable channel provides communications for up to 100 remote addressable devices, including analog sensors and isolator bases. System shall have 20% minimum spare capacity for additional devices/points that can be added to the panel. B. Notification Appliance Circuit: Notification appliance circuits (NACs) with solid state current protection. Provide 20% minimum spare capacity for additional signaling devices that may be added. 2.03 ADDRESSABLE INITIATING DEVICES A. Manual Pull Station: Semi -Flush mounted, non -coded type, double action/push type. Provide manufacturer's standard backbox. Fire alarm pull stations in Gymnasiums or any surface mounted shall have a lexan shield lift cover to protect from injury and possible damage to device. Provide five (5) installed spare pull stations. This work shall include full installation of these pull stations at any location as directed by Engineer that is not shown on the drawings. Turn over remaining pull stations not installed to Owner. B. Heat Detectors: Self restoring, combination rate of rise and fixed temperature rate compensated sensing. Rate of rise shall be set at 15o F per minute. Fixed temperature shall be 135oF or 155oF as indicated on floor plans. Surface mount on ceiling. Provide ten (10) installed spare heat detectors. This work shall include full installation of these heat detectors at any location as directed by Engineer that is not shown on the drawings. Turn over remaining heat detectors not installed to Owner. C. Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type, pulsed infrared LED light source and a silicon photodiode receiver to provide smoke sensing. Sensitivity for each detector to be set at control panel per manufacturer's recommendations. 360o F smoke entry with built-in screen to prevent insects from entering smoke chamber. Provide fifteen (15) installed smoke detectors. This work shall include full installation of these smoke detectors at any location as directed by Engineer that is not shown on the drawings. Turn over remaining smoke detectors not installed to Owner. D. Addressable Sensor Base: Address remains with its programmed location. Accessible from front (dipswitch under sensor). Automatic identification provides default sensitivity when substituting sensor types. Integral red LED, pulsing indicates power -on, steady indicates alarm or trouble. Locking, anti -tamper design. Provide twenty-five (25) installed addressable sensor bases. The work shall include full installation of these addressable sensor bases at any location as directed by Engineer that is not shown on the drawings. Turn over remaining addressable sensor bases not installed to Owner. BCK-181/101820 Section 28 31 00 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Page 2 of 4 E. Duct Mounted Smoke Detector: Ionization type with auxiliary SPDT relay contact. Key operated normal -test switch with alarm indicator light. LED to be visible through front cover and provides an indication of an alarm condition. Duct sampling tubes to extend width of duct. Provide five (5) installed duct mounted smoke detectors. This work shall include full installation of these duct mounted smoke detectors at any location as directed by Engineer that is not shown on the drawings. Turn over remaining duct mounted smoke detectors not installed to Owner. F. Carbon Monoxide Sensor and Alarm: Provide carbon monoxide (CO) detection connected to the fire alarm control panel via addressable interface module and powered from fire alarm panel 24V power. CO sensor and alarm units must meet UL2075 requirements. The CO detection is to provide local alarm in the space and Carbon Monoxide alarm at the horn/strobe location and fire alarm panel per NFPA 720. Provide system sensor model CO122TR CO detectors or approved equal. 2.04 SIGNALING APPLIANCES A. Visual Unit: Red housing with clear lens and vertically printed "Fire". 100 Candela -Second Zenon flash output. 1 to 1.5 flashes per second synchronized between units. B. Audio Unit: Semi -flush horn type. 95db at 10 feet. C. Use AudioNisual base assembly where combined units are to be installed according to construction documents. D. Provide white audible horn at main office of building with placard reading "Carbon Monoxide General Alarm". Alarm Horn to be initiated only when one or more of the carbon monoxide detection devices is in alarm. 2.05 MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS A. Door portion has pivotal mounted stainless steel armature with shock -absorbing nylon bearing. 25 lbs. of holding force. Door holder to release in an alarm condition. Semi flush mounting, 24 VDC. 2.06 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE A. Twisted, shielded #18 AWG. Maximum of 10,000 feet may be connected to the ZDNet channel. Wire must be certified for use by manufacturer. B. Wire must be plenum rated, red in color. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 1. B. Install manual station with operating handle 4 feet above floor. Install audible and visual signal devices 6 feet 8 inches above floor. C. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72E. D. Support cables to building structure. Supporting to ductwork, conduit, or lying on the ceiling tile is unacceptable. E. In exposed areas, fire alarm cable shall be routed in EMT conduit. F. Provide steel wire guards at all exterior notification devices as well as in gymnasiums, multipurpose rooms and locker rooms. G. Any existing addressable fire alarm device shown on drawings to be relocated shall be re -programmed at the main panel to accommodate the room name/number change. H. Coordinate with General Contractor all work associated with fire alarm connection to elevator fire curtain and all fire shutters. I. Provide blank steel coverplate, painted to match existing surface on all openings remaining from a device removal where there is no device installed. BCK-IBI/101821 Section 28 31 00 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Page 3of4 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Division 1. B. Test in accordance with NFPA 72H and local fire department requirements. 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Refer to Division 1. B. Include services of technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Refer to Division 1. B. Demonstrate normal and abnormal modes of operation, and required responses to each. END OF SECTION BCK-IBI/101820 Section 28 31 00 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS Page 4 of 4